TWI280495B - Information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program - Google Patents

Information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI280495B
TWI280495B TW92114558A TW92114558A TWI280495B TW I280495 B TWI280495 B TW I280495B TW 92114558 A TW92114558 A TW 92114558A TW 92114558 A TW92114558 A TW 92114558A TW I280495 B TWI280495 B TW I280495B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
information processing
information
processing device
content
user
Prior art date
Application number
TW92114558A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200409005A (en
Inventor
Akiko Asami
Takashi Suzuki
Takashi Takeda
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Publication of TW200409005A publication Critical patent/TW200409005A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI280495B publication Critical patent/TWI280495B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Storage Device Security (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to an information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program for precisely authorizing the user; wherein, the user should obtain in advance the figure of Po-Kyara in an IC chip embedded with the user ID of the authorization. When the user places the figure of Po-Kyara on the station 23 connected to a personal computer 22, the user ID memorized in the IC chip will be read by the writer embedded in the station 23, and transmitted to the Po-Kyara service server 9 through the Internet 1. The Po-Kyara service server 9 will register the personal information of each user in the Po-Kyara database 10 in advance, and proceed with the authorization process based on the information. The present invention can be applied to the server providing services through the network.

Description

12804951280495

a修t遂)正替换頁丨 玖、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係有關資訊處理系統及方法、資訊提供系統及方 法、資訊處理裝置及方法、人偶、識別物、程式儲存媒體 及程式,特別是有關操作不熟練之使用者亦可輕易且迅速 地認證之資訊處理系統及方法、資訊提供系統及方法、資 訊處理裝置及方法、人偶、識別物、程式儲存媒體及程式。 【先前技術】 近年來,網際網路等網路普及,可經由網路下載視頻資 料及聲頻資料等各種内容資料加以利用。 先前經由網路取得内容資料時,使用者如自個人電腦經 由網路進入伺服器,並經由網路下載内容資料。此時,使 用者為求於伺服态内認證自己,係預先操作附屬於個人電 腦之鍵盤等,輸入分配自己之10及密碼。 如此,自鍵盤輸入ID及密碼來認證使用者時,存在鍵盤The present invention relates to an information processing system and method, an information providing system and method, an information processing device and method, a doll, an identifier, a program, and the like. The information processing system and method, the information providing system and method, the information processing device and method, the doll, the identification, the program storage medium and the information processing system and method, the information providing system and method, the information processing device and method, and the information processing system and method Program. [Prior Art] In recent years, Internet such as the Internet has become popular, and various content materials such as video data and audio data can be downloaded via the Internet. When the content material was previously obtained via the Internet, the user accesses the server via the network from the personal computer and downloads the content data via the network. In this case, the user authenticates himself in the servo state, and operates the keyboard attached to the personal computer in advance, and inputs and assigns his own 10 and password. In this way, when the user enters the ID and password to authenticate the user, there is a keyboard.

來認證自己的問題。 【發明内容】 有鐘於此種狀況,To certify your own problems. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION There is a clock in this situation,

84661-941213.doc 1280495 擎球,止替顯 處理裝置,其係經由網路,自前述第一資訊處理裝置接收、 認證藉由讀取裝置所讀取之使用者識別資訊,再經由網路 傳輸其認證結果至第一資訊處理裝置;且依據藉由讀取裝 置所謂取之使用者識別資訊與第二資訊處理裝置之使用者 識別資訊之認證結果,使對應於識別物之圖像顯示於第一 資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 則述第二資訊處理裝置經由網路取得利用第一資訊處理 裝置之使用者之使用者資訊,將對應於使用者資訊之識別 使用者之使用者識別資訊記憶於識別物保持之記憶體後, 可執行將識別物分發給使用者之處理。 前述讀取裝置無法讀取保持於識別物内之資訊的狀態 下,可解除經由第一資訊處理裝置與第二資訊處理裝置之 網路的連接。 前述識別物可為人偶。 本發明之資訊處理系統之資訊處理方法之特徵為包含: 識別物’其係保持識別使用者之使用者識別資訊;執行特 足處理之資訊處理裝置;讀取裝置,其係對應於資訊處理 裝置而設置,並讀取識別物保持之使用者識別資訊;及第 二資訊處理裝置,其係經由網路自第一資訊處理裝置接 收、認證藉由讀取裝置所讀取之使用者識別資訊,再經由 網路將其認證結果傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置;且依據藉由 讀取裝置所讀取之使用者識別資訊與第二資訊處理裝置之 使用者識別資訊之認證結果,使對應於識別物之圖像顯示 於第一資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 84661-941213.doc 1280495 I4 ^ L· .f T. --------------------------―’ ’、 本發明之第一資訊處理裝置之特徵為具備:管理機構, 其係管理識別使用者之使用者識別資訊;接收機構,其係 藉由對應於其他資訊處理裝置之讀取裝置讀取,並接收藉 由其他資訊處理裝置送來之使用者識別資訊;認證機構, 其係依據藉由管理機構管理之使用者識別資訊認證藉由接 收機構所接收之使用者識別資訊;及傳輸機構,其係其他 資訊處理裝置依據認證機構之認證結果,經由網路傳輸顯 不對應於藉由讀取裝置所讀取之使用者識別資訊之圖像時 所需之顯示資訊。 對應於前述使用者識別資訊之圖像可為對應於記憶有使 用者識別資訊之識別物之形狀的圖像。 可進一步具備分發機構,其係執行分發識別物給使用者 义處理’該識別物具有記憶有對應於利用前述其他資訊處 理裝置之使用者之使用者資訊之使用者識別資訊的記憶 體。 前述識別物可為人偶。 m述接收機構接收識別物放置於讀取裝置上時所讀取之 使用者識別資訊,並且接收表示識別物自讀取裝置取下之 信號,管理機構進一步管理對應於使用者識別資訊,使用 者利用之内容的相關資訊,接收機構可進一步具備更新機 構,其係收到表示識別物自讀取裝置取下之信號時,更新 對應於使用者識別資訊所管理之内容相關資訊。 本發明之第一資訊處理方法之特徵為包含:管理步騾, 其係管理識別使用者之使用者識別資訊;接收步驟,其係 84661-941213.doc 128049584661-941213.doc 1280495 A ball, a stop processing device, which receives and authenticates user identification information read by a reading device from the first information processing device via a network, and transmits the information through the network. And the result of the authentication is sent to the first information processing device; and the image corresponding to the identifier is displayed according to the authentication result of the user identification information obtained by the reading device and the user identification information of the second information processing device. On the display portion of an information processing device. The second information processing device obtains the user information of the user who uses the first information processing device via the network, and stores the user identification information corresponding to the user information of the user information in the memory of the identifier retention. A process of distributing the identification to the user can be performed. When the reading device cannot read the information held in the identification, the connection between the first information processing device and the second information processing device can be released. The aforementioned identifier may be a doll. The information processing method of the information processing system of the present invention is characterized in that: the identifier is: an information processing device that maintains user identification information of the user; an information processing device that performs special processing; and a reading device that corresponds to the information processing device And setting and reading the user identification information of the identifier retention; and the second information processing device receiving and authenticating the user identification information read by the reading device from the first information processing device via the network, And transmitting the authentication result to the first information processing device via the network; and corresponding to the identification according to the authentication result of the user identification information read by the reading device and the user identification information of the second information processing device The image of the object is displayed on the display portion of the first information processing device. 84661-941213.doc 1280495 I4 ^ L· .f T. -------------------------- "', the first information of the present invention The processing device is characterized by: a management mechanism that manages user identification information identifying the user; and a receiving mechanism that is read by the reading device corresponding to the other information processing device and received by other information processing devices User identification information sent; the certification authority authenticates the user identification information received by the receiving institution based on the user identification information managed by the management organization; and the transmission mechanism is another information processing device according to the certification authority As a result of the authentication, the display information required for the image of the user identification information read by the reading device is not transmitted via the network. The image corresponding to the aforementioned user identification information may be an image corresponding to the shape of the identifier in which the user identification information is stored. Further, a distribution mechanism may be provided which executes the distribution of the identification to the user. The identification has a memory in which user identification information corresponding to the user information of the user using the other information processing device is stored. The aforementioned identifier may be a doll. The receiving mechanism receives the user identification information read when the identifier is placed on the reading device, and receives a signal indicating that the identifier is removed from the reading device, and the management mechanism further manages the user identification information, the user The receiving organization may further include an update mechanism that updates the content related information managed by the user identification information when receiving the signal indicating that the identifier is removed from the reading device. The first information processing method of the present invention is characterized by comprising: a management step, which manages user identification information of the user; and a receiving step, which is 84661-941213.doc 1280495

藉由對應於其他資訊處理裝置之讀取裝置讀取,接收藉由 其他資訊處理裝置送來之使用者識別資訊;認證步騾7其 係依據藉由管理步驟之處理所管理之使用者識別資訊,切 證藉由接收步騾之處理收到之使用者識別資訊;及傳輸步 驟,其係其ί也資訊處理纟置依據認證步驟之處理之認择結 果,經由網路傳輸顯示對應於藉由讀取裝置所讀取之使用 者識別資訊之圖像時所需之顯示資訊。 八 丨1从崎·係控制m 由網路與其他資訊處理裝置連接之資訊處理裝置之電η 式’且包含:管理步驟’其係管理識別使用者之料 ㈣訊;接收步螺,其係藉由對應於其他資訊處理裝置^ 項取裝置讀取’接收藉由其他資訊處理裝置送來之使 識別資訊;認證步驟’其係依據藉由管理步驟之處理所总 =使用者識別資訊,認證藉由接收步驟 ^ 用者識別資訊,·及傳輸步驟,其係其他資訊處理使 由靖取裝置:、 路傳輪顯示對應於藉 資訊。㈤者_資訊之圖料所需之顯示 本發明之第一程4 士姓μ & 釭式<特徵為··於控制經由 訊處理裝:置i表垃+次4 & 、同路與其他] 知I置連接訊處理裝置之電腦… 驟,其係管理,則古 執仃·官理j 者之制者_資訊;接收仲 八係精由龍於其m處縣置之讀 ’:’ 藉由其他資訊處理裝置送來之使用者 ^取’接啦 驟,其係依據藉由管理步护、 貝矾,認證步 步辱疋處理所管理之使用者識別資 84661-941213.doc 1280495 訊,認證藉由接收步驟 傳輸步帮,其係其他資訊處理裝置 =用者識別資訊;及 認證結果,經由網路值— 依據認證步騾之處理之 之使用者气別次、 ◎不對應於藉由讀取裝置所讀取 ^者訊之圖像時所需之顯示資訊。 本發明之第二資訊處理裝 " 表置 < 特徵為具備取彳旱趟 其係取得識別使用者之使 u ^機構, Λ一丄 香4別資訊;傳輸機構,並係 、、至由網路將藉由取得機構所 仵<使用者識別資訊傳輸至 其他資訊處理裝置;接收機媸, .,^ 構,、係依據藉由傳輸機構所 傳輸之使用者識別資訊,拉 ^ 、 接收猎由其他資訊處理裝置認證 後之結果;及㈣機構’其係依據藉由接收機構所接收之 認證結果,以顯㈣應於藉由取㈣制取得之使用者識 別資訊之圖像之方式控制顯示。 對應於前述使用者識別資訊之圖像可為對應於記憶有使 用者識別資訊之識別物形狀之圖像。 前述識別物可為人偶。 進一步具備謂取機構,其係自前述人偶讀取使用者識別 資訊’取得機構可取得藉由讀取機構所讀取之使用者識別 資訊。 箾述1買取機構與貝訊處理裝置獨立設置,並且連接於資 訊處理裝置,放置有人偶時,可讀取記憶於人偶内之使用 者識別資訊。 進一步具備檢測機構,其係檢測前述人偶自讀取機構取 下,前述傳輸機構於藉由檢測機構檢測出人偶自讀取機構 取下時,可進一步經由網路將表示人偶自讀取機構取下之 84661-9412l3.doc -10 - •u. i 1280495 ........................................................ ^^ < 仏號傳輸至其他資訊處理裝置。 前述㈣機構於藉由檢測機構檢測出人偶 取下時,可解除經由網路對其他資訊處理裝置之連 1機構 本發明之第二資訊處理方法之特徵為包含:取得步驟, ”係取得識別使用者之使用者識別資訊;傳輸步辨,_ ^網路將藉由取得”之處騎取得之使 η =::Γ裝置;接收步驟,其係— 所傳輸之使用者識料訊,接收藉由其 Ϊ;裝Γ證後之結果;及控制步驟,其係依據藉由接收 =處理所接收之認證結果,以顯示對應於藉由讀取步 處理所讀取之使用者識別資訊之圖像之方式控制: 由=二=儲存媒體之程式之特徵為:係控制、經 式,且Κ他貝訊處理裝置連接之資訊處理裝置之電腦程 別資步驟,其係取得識別使用者之使用者識 所取r、梯驟,其係經由網路將藉由取得步驟之處理 步驟于ΐ π者識別資訊傳輸至其他資訊處理裝置, ·接收 资接=據藉由傳輸步驟之處理所傳輸之使用者識別 接收猎由其他資訊處理裝置認證後之結 步驟,其錄據藉㈣收步驟之處理所純之認證έ士果, ===細藉由讀取步驟之處理所讀取之使用者識 k圖像《万式控制顯示。 訊處理裝置::程?特徵為:於控制經由網路與其他資 連接</貝訊處理裝置之電腦上執行:取得步 84661-941213.doc -11- 1280495Receiving user identification information sent by other information processing devices by reading from a reading device corresponding to other information processing devices; the authentication step 7 is based on user identification information managed by the processing of the management step , the user identification information received by the processing of the receiving step; and the transmitting step, which is the processing result of the processing according to the authentication step, and the transmission display via the network corresponds to The display information required to read the image of the user identification information read by the device. Gossip 1 from the Saki Control System m The information processing device connected by the network and other information processing devices is electrically η 'and contains: management steps' which manages the user's material (4); receives the step screw, which is By means of the other information processing device, the item reading device reads 'receives the identification information sent by the other information processing device; the authentication step' is based on the total = user identification information processed by the management step, the authentication By receiving the step ^ user identification information, and the transmission step, which is other information processing, the navigation device: the road wheel display corresponds to the borrowing information. (5) _ information map required display of the first step of the invention 4 surname μ & 釭 type < feature is · · control through the processing equipment: set i table + 4 & And other] know I set up the computer with the processing device... Suddenly, the system is managed, then the ruler of the ancient 仃 官 官 官 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ : 'Users sent by other information processing devices ^ take the answer, which is based on the user identification managed by management step guard, Bessie, certification step abusive treatment 84461-941213.doc 1280495, the authentication is transmitted by the receiving step, which is other information processing device = user identification information; and the authentication result, via the network value - the user's handling according to the authentication step is different, ◎ does not correspond The display information required for reading the image of the device by the reading device. The second information processing device of the present invention is characterized by having the information of the user who obtains the identification of the user, and the information of the user, the information, the transmission mechanism, the transmission system, and the The network will transmit the user identification information to other information processing devices by means of the user's identification information; the receiver, the device, and the user identification information transmitted by the transmission mechanism, pull and receive The results of the certification by other information processing devices; and (4) the organization's use of the certification results received by the receiving organization to display (4) the image of the user identification information obtained by the (4) system display. The image corresponding to the aforementioned user identification information may be an image corresponding to the shape of the identifier in which the user identification information is memorized. The aforementioned identifier may be a doll. Further, the predator is configured to read the user identification information from the voucher, and the obtaining means can obtain the user identification information read by the reading means. The description 1 purchase mechanism is independently set up with the Beix processing device, and is connected to the information processing device. When the doll is placed, the user identification information stored in the doll can be read. Further, the detection mechanism is configured to detect that the doll is self-reading, and the transmission mechanism can further read the representation by the network when the detection mechanism detects that the person is self-reading. The institution took off 84661-9412l3.doc -10 - •u. i 1280495 ................................. ....................... ^^ < The nickname is transmitted to other information processing devices. In the above (4), when the detecting means detects that the figure is removed, the second information processing method of the present invention can be released via the network. The second information processing method of the present invention includes: obtaining the step, "receiving the identification" User identification information of the user; transmission step identification, _ ^ network will be obtained by riding the η =:: Γ device; receiving step, the system - transmitted user identification message, receiving And the control step, based on the authentication result received by receiving = processing, to display a map corresponding to the user identification information read by the reading step processing; Control of the mode: The function of the program of the storage media is: the control, the modal, and the computer program of the information processing device connected to the Κ 贝 讯 处理 processing device, which is used to identify the user. The user recognizes the r and the ladder, and transmits the identification information to the other information processing device through the network through the processing steps of the obtaining step, and the receiving information is transmitted according to the processing of the transmission step. user Do not receive the completion of the certification process by other information processing devices, the record is based on (4) the processing of the steps of the pure certification of the gentleman, === fine by the processing of the reading step to read the user's knowledge k The image "Million-style control display. Processing device:: Cheng? The feature is: on the computer controlled by the network and other resources connected to the / / Beixun processing device: get step 84661-941213.doc -11- 1280495

驟,其係取得識別使用者3 贯〈使用者4別資訊;傳輸步驟, 八係,,莖由網路將藉由取得步 取#之制者識別 貝訊傳輸至其他資訊處理奘 扁认止 糙里裝置,接收步騾,其係依據藉由 傳輛步驟之處理所傳輸之僮 守别义使用者硪別資訊,接收藉由並他 資訊處理裝置㈣後之結果;及控制㈣,其係依據藉由 接收步驟《處理所接收之認證結果,以顯示對應於藉由讀 取步驟之處輯讀取之使用者制資訊之圖像之方式控制 顯示。 本發明之第一人偶之特徵為··係使用資訊處理裝置時利 用之人偶’且具有·圮憶體,其係記憶識別所有使用者之 使用者識別資訊;及對應於圖像之形狀,其係藉由對應於 資訊處理裝置之讀取裝置所讀出之使用者識別資訊經認證 時’顯示於資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 本發明之資訊提供系統之特徵為包含:第一資訊處理裝 置’其係經由網路提供内容;第二資訊處理裝置,其係經 由網路接受前述内容之提供;及第三資訊處理裝置,其係 將依據第二資訊處理裝置要求之信號輸出至第一資訊處理 裝置;且將對應於内容之識別物分發給第二資訊處理裝置 之使用者,第二資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取識別識別物之 識別物識別資訊,並經由網路傳輸至第三資訊處理裝置, 第三資訊處理裝置依據自第二資訊處理裝置接收之識別物 識別資訊,檢索識別内容之内容識別資訊,並傳輸至第一 資訊處理裝置,第一資訊處理裝置收到來自第三資訊處理 裝置之内容識別資訊時,經由網路將對應於内容識別資訊 84661-941213.doc -12- 1280495 Uy、, 之内容傳輸至第二資訊處理裝置。, 本發明之資訊提供系統之資訊提供方法之特徵為包含: 第一資訊處理裝置,其係經由前述網路提供内容;第二資 汛處理裝置,其係經由網路接受内容之提供;及第三資訊 處理裝置,其係將依據第二資訊處理裝置要求之信號輸出 至第一資訊處理裝置;且將對應於内容之識別物分發給第 二資訊處理裝置之使用者,第二資訊處理裝置自識別物讀 取識別識別物之識別物識別資訊,並經由網路傳輸至第三 資訊處理裝置,第三資訊處理裝置依據自第二資訊處理裝 置接收之識別物識別資訊,檢索識別内容之内容識別資 訊’並傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置,第一資訊處理裝置收到 來自第二資訊處理裝置之内容識別資訊時,經由網路將對 應於内容識別資訊之内容傳輸至第二資訊處理裝置。 本發明之第三資訊處理裝置之特徵為具備:接收機構, 其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別資訊識別第二其 他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送來而記憶於識 別物内之識別物;傳輸機構,其係經由網路將對應於藉由 接收機構所接收之識別物識別資訊之識別内容之内容識別 資訊傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置;及收費機構,其係對第二 其他資訊處理裝置之使用者進行收費處理。 本發明之第三資訊處理方法之特徵為包含:接收步驟, 其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別資訊識別第二其 他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送來而記憶於識 別物内之識別物;傳輸步騾,其係經由網路將對應於藉由 84661-941213.doc -13- 1280495 、、步驟之處理所接收之識別物識別資訊之識別内容之内 容識別資訊傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置;及收費步驟,其係 對第二其他資訊處理裝置之使用者進行收費處理。 本發明之第三程式儲存媒體之程式之特徵為:係管理第 其他資訊處理裝置經由網路提供之内容由第二其他資訊 處里裝置使用之資訊處理裝置之程式,且包含:接收步騾, 其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別資訊識別第二其 他貝訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送來而記憶於識 別物内之識別物;傳輸步驟,其係經由網路將對應於藉由 接收步騾之處理所接收之識別物識別資訊之識別内容之内 容識別資訊傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置;及收費步驟,其係 對第二其他資訊處理裝置之使用者進行收費處理。 本發明之弟二程式之特徵為:於控制管理第一其他資訊 處理裝置經由網路提供之内容由第二其他資訊處理裝置使 用之資訊處理裝置之電腦上執行:接收步驟,其係接收識 別物識別資訊,該識別物識別資訊識別第二其他資訊處理 裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送來而記憶於識別物内之識 別物;傳輸步驟,其係經由網路將對應於藉由接收步驟之 處理所接收之識別物識別資訊之識別内容之内容識別資訊 傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置;及收費步驟,其係對第二其他 資訊處理裝置之使用者進行收費處理。 本發明之第四資訊處理裝置之特徵為:係經由網路提供 内容至其他資訊處理裝置’且具備:識別資訊取得機構, 其係取得識別資訊,該識別資訊表示其他資訊處理裝置自 84661-941213.doc -14 - 1280495 由網路㈣之識別物可取得之内容的種 始資料傳輸機構’其係將其他資訊處理裝置自識 物謂取’經由網路送來之經密碼化之初始資料予以解 t,並將解碼後之初始資科傳輸至其他資訊處理裝置。 ㈣資料具有1別物下載完成内容之資訊;及表示識 ^可下載内容之次數;初始資料傳輸機構可具備解碼機 ’其係將識別物之下載完成内容之資訊;及表示識別物 可下载内容次數之資訊予以解碼。 次進-步可具備:内容一覽表傳輸機構,其係將依據識別 貪訊’識別物可下載之内容一覽表傳輸至其他資訊處理裝 及内容傳輸機構,其係依據其他資訊處理裝置之内容 取得要求,傳輸内容至其他資訊處理裝置。 、内容傳輸機構可㈣:第一傳輸機構,其係傳輸其他資 :處理裝置下載之内容;及第二傳輸機構,其係傳輸其他 資訊處理裝置試聽之内容。 其他貪訊處理裝置内可進一步具備許可證傳輸機構,其 係傳輸僅可重現一次内容之許可證。 本發明之第四資訊處理方法之特徵為:係經由網路提供 内谷至其他資訊處理裝置之資訊處理裝置之資訊處理方 法,且包含:識別資訊取得步驟,其係取得識別資訊,該 識別資訊表示其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路 运來4識別物可取得之内容的種類;及初始資料傳輸步 驟’其係將其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送 來之經^、碼化之初始資料予以解碼,並將解碼後之初始資 84661-941213.doc -15- 1280495 94 12: 1C vy'f- ' 料傳輸至其他資訊處理裝置。In the process, the user is identified as the user's 3 user information; the transmission step, the eight-line, and the stem are transmitted by the network to obtain the step-by-step identification. a roughing device, which receives a step, which is based on the information of the child-concerned user transmitted by the processing of the passing step, receives the result of the information processing device (4), and controls (4), The display is controlled in accordance with a receiving step of "processing the received authentication result to display an image corresponding to the user-made information read by the reading step. The first person of the present invention is characterized in that it is a doll used in the use of an information processing device and has a memory for identifying user identification information of all users; and corresponding to the shape of the image It is displayed on the display unit of the information processing device when the user identification information read by the reading device corresponding to the information processing device is authenticated. The information providing system of the present invention is characterized in that: the first information processing device 'is providing content via the network; the second information processing device receives the provision of the content via the network; and the third information processing device And outputting the signal according to the requirement of the second information processing device to the first information processing device; and distributing the identifier corresponding to the content to the user of the second information processing device, the second information processing device reading and recognizing the identification from the identifier The identification information of the object is transmitted to the third information processing device via the network, and the third information processing device retrieves the content identification information of the identification content according to the identifier identification information received from the second information processing device, and transmits the content identification information to the first An information processing device, when the first information processing device receives the content identification information from the third information processing device, transmits the content corresponding to the content identification information 84461-941213.doc -12- 1280495 Uy to the first Two information processing devices. The information providing method of the information providing system of the present invention is characterized by comprising: a first information processing device that provides content via the aforementioned network; and a second asset processing device that accepts content through the network; and a third information processing device that outputs a signal required by the second information processing device to the first information processing device; and distributes the identifier corresponding to the content to the user of the second information processing device, the second information processing device The identifier reads the identification information of the identification identifier and transmits the identification information to the third information processing device via the network. The third information processing device retrieves the content identification of the identification content according to the identifier identification information received from the second information processing device. The information is transmitted to the first information processing device. When the first information processing device receives the content identification information from the second information processing device, the content corresponding to the content identification information is transmitted to the second information processing device via the network. The third information processing device of the present invention is characterized in that it includes a receiving mechanism that receives identification information identifying that the second other information processing device reads from the identifier and stores it via the network. An identifier in the identifier; a transmission mechanism that transmits content identification information corresponding to the identification content of the identifier identification information received by the receiving institution to the first information processing device via the network; and a charging institution The user of the second other information processing device is charged. The third information processing method of the present invention is characterized by comprising: a receiving step of receiving identifier identification information, the identifier identifying information identifying that the second other information processing device reads from the identifier, and is sent via the network to memorize An identifier in the identifier; a transmission step that transmits a content identification information corresponding to the identification content of the identifier identification information received by the processing of the steps 84461-941213.doc -13 - 1280495, via the network To the first information processing device; and the charging step, which charges the user of the second other information processing device. The program of the third program storage medium of the present invention is characterized in that: the program for managing the information processing device that is provided by the other information processing device via the network by the second other information device, and includes: receiving steps, Receiving the identifier identification information, the identifier identifying information identifying the second other Beixun processing device reading from the identifier, and the identifier stored in the identifier is sent via the network; the transmitting step is via the network Transmitting content identification information corresponding to the identification content of the identification information recognized by the processing of the receiving step to the first information processing device; and charging step of charging the user of the second other information processing device deal with. The second program of the present invention is characterized in that: the control is performed on a computer of the information processing device used by the second other information processing device by the first other information processing device via the network: a receiving step, which receives the identifier Identifying information, the identifier identifying information identifying that the second other information processing device reads from the identifier, and stores the identifier in the identifier via the network; the transmitting step is corresponding to receiving by the network The step of processing the content identification information of the identification content of the received identifier identification information is transmitted to the first information processing device; and the charging step is to charge the user of the second other information processing device. The fourth information processing device of the present invention is characterized in that the content is provided to other information processing devices via the network and includes: an identification information obtaining mechanism that obtains identification information indicating that other information processing devices are from 84461-941213 .doc -14 - 1280495 The originating data transmission agency of the content that can be obtained by the identification of the network (4) is to take the other information processing device self-identification material into the encrypted initial data sent via the network. Solution t, and transmit the decoded initial capital to other information processing devices. (4) The information has 1 piece of information for downloading the completed content; and indicates the number of times the content can be downloaded; the initial data transmission mechanism may have the information of the decoder's downloading the content of the identifier; and the number of times the identifier can be downloaded. The information is decoded. The secondary advancement step may be provided with a content list transmission mechanism that transmits a list of contents that can be downloaded according to the identification of the greedy 'identity' to other information processing equipment and content transmission organizations, which are based on the content acquisition requirements of other information processing devices. Transfer content to other information processing devices. The content transmission mechanism may (4): a first transmission mechanism that transmits other resources: content downloaded by the processing device; and a second transmission mechanism that transmits content audited by other information processing devices. Other greedy processing devices may further have a license transmission mechanism that transmits a license that only reproduces the content once. The fourth information processing method of the present invention is characterized in that: an information processing method for providing an information processing device from the inner valley to another information processing device via a network, and comprising: an identification information obtaining step, which is to obtain identification information, the identification information Indicates that the other information processing device reads from the identifier, and the type of content that can be obtained by the identifier is sent via the network; and the initial data transmission step 'reads the other information processing device from the identifier and sends it via the network. The initial data of the ^, coded is decoded, and the decoded initial capital 84466-941213.doc -15- 1280495 94 12: 1C vy'f- ' material is transmitted to other information processing devices.

本發明之第四程式儲存媒體之程式之特徵為:係經由網 路提供内容至其他資訊處理裝置之電腦程式,且包含:識 別資訊取得控制步驟,其係控制識別資訊之取得,該識別 資訊表示其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路:來 之識別物可取得之内容的種類;及初始資料傳輸控制步 驟,其係以將其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路 送來之經密碼化之初始資料予以解碼,並將解碼後之初始 資料傳輸至前述其他資訊處理裝置之方式控制。 σ 本發明之第四程式之特徵為:於經由網路提供内容至其 他資訊處理裝置之電腦上執行:識別資訊取得控制步驟:、 其係控制識別資訊之取得,該識別資訊表示其他資訊處理 裝置自識別物讀取,經由網路送來之識別物可取得之内容 的種類;及初始資料傳輸控制步驟,其係以將其他資訊: 理裝置自識別物讀取’經由網路送來之經密碼化之初始 料予以解碼,並將解碼後之 、 傻 刀士口貝科傳輸至前述其他資訊The program of the fourth program storage medium of the present invention is characterized in that: the computer program for providing content to other information processing devices via the network, and comprising: an identification information acquisition control step, which controls the acquisition of the identification information, the identification information indicates The other information processing device reads from the identifier, the type of the content that can be obtained by the identifier through the network; and the initial data transmission control step, which reads the other information processing device from the identifier and sends it via the network. The encrypted initial data is decoded and the decoded initial data is transmitted to the other information processing devices. σ The fourth program of the present invention is characterized in that it is executed on a computer that provides content to other information processing devices via the network: an identification information acquisition control step: the system controls the acquisition of the identification information, and the identification information indicates other information processing devices. The type of content that can be obtained by the identifier reading, the identifier sent through the network; and the initial data transmission control step, which is to read other information: the device is read from the identifier. The initial input of the cipher is decoded, and the decoded, sorcerer Bebe is transmitted to the other information mentioned above.

處理裝置之方式控制。 AThe way the processing device is controlled. A

本發明之第五資訊處理裝晉仞 、、 衮置,係經由網路接收自第一龙 他貝訊處理裝置提供之内容並# /、 円谷其特徵為具備:取得機構, :、係^仵記憶於識別物内之識別識別物<制㈣ 訊;傳輸機構,其係經由網路將藉由取得機構所取得^ 別物識別資訊傳輸至第-並灿^ 罘一其他資訊處理装置;及 構,其係依據傳輸機構所傳輸 收機 ’殉 < 減別物識別資訊,第-甘 他資訊處理裝置依據識別s —具 得輸土罘一其他資訊處理裝置泛 84661-941213.doc -16- 1280495 94 4 内容之内容識別資訊,接收經由網路6 合目罘一其他資訊處理 裝置送來之内容。 取得機構可進-步具備控制機構,其係進—步取得紀憶 於識別物内之内容使用條件,依據藉由取得機構所取狀 使用條件,控制傳輸機構之傳輸處理。 前述識別物可為人偶。 放置有前述人偶時,進一步具備靖^德 爾,取機構,其係讀取記 憶於人偶内之識別物識別資訊,取搵撼 、 貝取仵機構可取得藉由讀取 機構自人偶所讀取之識別物識別資訊。 讀取機構與資訊處理裝置獨立地設置,並且料接於資 訊處理裝置並放置有人偶時,可讀取記憶於人偶内The fifth information processing device of the present invention receives the content provided by the first Radanba news processing device via the network and # /, Shibuya is characterized by: obtaining mechanism, :, system An identification identifier that is stored in the identifier < system (4); a transmission mechanism that transmits the identification information obtained by the acquisition mechanism to the first and other information processing devices via the network; According to the transmission mechanism, the transmission information is transmitted by the transmission mechanism, and the information processing device is based on the identification s--there is a local information processing device. 84661-941213.doc -16- 1280495 94 4 The content of the content identifies the information and receives the content sent by the other information processing device via the network 6 . The obtaining organization may further have a control mechanism that advances the content usage conditions in the identification object and controls the transmission processing of the transmission mechanism according to the conditions of use taken by the acquiring organization. The aforementioned identifier may be a doll. When the above-mentioned doll is placed, it further has a Jingde, taking mechanism, which reads the identification information of the identifier stored in the doll, and the picking and picking mechanism can obtain the reading by the reading institution from the doll. Identify the identification information. The reading mechanism is independently set up with the information processing device, and is connected to the information processing device and placed in the doll, and can be read and stored in the doll.

物識別資訊。 V 可進-步具備取得要求傳輸機構,其係依據自第一其他 資訊處理裝置所傳輸之識別物可 下載<内容一覽表,對第 一其他資訊處理裝置傳輸内容之取得要求。 取得要求傳輸機構可具備:識別物可下載之内容一覽 表;顯示機構’其係顯示識別物可下載内容之次數;下: 判定機構,其係判定是否指+古 ^ 、 口扣不有下載内容,·及試聽判定機 構,其係判足是否指示有試聽内容。 可進一步具備··顯示機構, 具係顯7F使用識別物所下載 之内= 覽表,·許可證要求機構,其係對第-其他資訊處 理象:精由顯示機構所顯示之内容-覽表中須重現之 内容之許可證的取得要皮· 、、 于要&,及重現機構,其係自第一其他 資訊處理裝置接收藉由許 」。且要求機構要求取得之許可 84661-941213.doc -17- 1280495 證,並重現内容。Object identification information. The V-accessible step-by-step acquisition acquisition requesting mechanism downloads the <content list based on the identifier transmitted from the first other information processing device to obtain the content of the first other information processing device. The acquisition requesting mechanism may be provided with: a list of contents that the identifier can be downloaded; the display unit 'the number of times the identifier is displayed for downloading the content; and the following: the determining unit, which determines whether the finger is + ancient ^, and the button does not have the downloaded content. · And the audition decision-making body, which is judged whether or not there is an audition content. Further, there is a display mechanism, which is displayed in the display of the 7F use identification object, and a license requesting institution, which is the first-information processing image: the content displayed by the display device. The license for the content to be reproduced in the medium is required to be obtained from the first other information processing device. And the agency is required to obtain the license 84661-941213.doc -17- 1280495 and reproduce the content.

進步〃備·有攝内容判定機構’其係受理須自内容 -覽表中重現之内容的指定,判定須重現之内容是否記憶 於資訊處理裝1之及重現取得要求傳輸機構,其係 藉由有供内谷判走機構判定須重現之内容並未記憶於資訊 處理裝置 < 内邵時’對第—其他資訊處理裝置傳輸須重現 之内容的取得要求。 本發明之第五資訊處理方法,係經由網路接收自第一其 他貝訊處理裝置提供之内容之資訊處理裝置纟資訊處理方 法、、其特徵為包含:取得步驟,其係取得記憶於識別物内 <識別識別物《識別物識別資訊;傳輸步驟,其係經由網 路將藉由取得步.驟之處理所取得之識別物識別資訊傳輸至 第一其他資訊處理裝置;及接收步騾,其係依據傳輸步騾 之處理所傳輸之識別物識別資訊,第二其他資訊處理裝置 依據4別傳輸至第一其他資訊處理裝置之内容之内容識別 具訊,接收經由網路自第一其他資訊處理裝置送來之内容。 本發明之第五程式儲存媒體之程式,係經由網路接受第 一其他資訊處理裝置提供内容之資訊處理裝置之程式,其 特徵為包含:取得步騾,其係取得記憶於識別物内之識別 4別物 < 識別物識別資訊;傳輸步騾,其係經由網路將藉 由取得步驟之處理所取得之識別物識別資訊傳輸至第二其 他貝訊處理裝置;及接收步驟,其係依據傳輸步驟之處理 所傳輻之識別物識別資訊,第二其他資訊處理裝置依據識 力J傳幸刚至第一其他資訊處理裝置之内容之内容識別資訊, 84661-941213.doc -18 _ 1280495 ι —、.一― 一·^ 相,一止替換讀 ^ ¥ L___ J 八 Ί 接收經由網路自第一其他資訊處1^^來之内容。 及接收步驟,其係依據傳輸步驟之處理所傳輸之識別物識 別資訊,第二其他資訊處理裝置依據識別傳輸至第一其他 資訊處理裝置之内容之内容識別資訊,接收經由網路’自第 一其他資訊處理裝置送來之内容。 本發明之第五程式,係於控制經由網路接收第一其他資 訊處理裝置提供内容之資訊處理裝置之電腦中執行:取得 步驟,其係取得記憶於識別物内之識別識別物之識別物= 別資訊;傳輸步騾,其係經由網路將藉由取得步驟之處理 所取得之識別物識別資訊傳輸至第二其他資訊處理裝置; 本發明之第二人偶之特徵為:係藉由資訊處理裝置使用 内各時所使用之人偶,且具有:情麵 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^體,其係記憶識別人 偶時所需之識別資訊;及對應於内容相關圖I之形狀。 前述記憶體可進-步記憶表示可藉由人偶取得之内容的 種類。 前述記憶體可進一步記憶内容之使用條件。 前述使用條件中可包含金額資訊。 前述使用條件中可包含:藉由人偶所取得之内容一覽 表;及藉由人偶可取得内容之次數。 前述記憶體使用有内容時,可更新使用條件。 本發明之制物之特徵為:係藉由資訊處理裝置使用内 =時所使用之識麟,且具有:記憶體,其㈣憶識別内 谷時所需之識別資訊;及對應於内容相關圖像之特徵。 本發明之資訊處㈣統及其資訊處理方法,係依據藉由 84661-941213.doc -19- 1280495 年h ρ η声η ;..,替換頁 Μ Ml I *—υηρ〇<^ιη η IIΊ I ιι·.ι·ι u r^wiimi Hiri^ ΙΜ ji.j $貝取裝置所1買取之使用者識別資訊與第二資訊處理裝置之 使用者識別資訊之認證結果’對應於識別物之圖像顯示於 第一資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 本發明之第一資訊處理裝置及第一資訊處理方法、第一 私式儲存媒體與第一程式,係依據其他資訊處理裝置送來 之使用者識別資訊進行認證,依據認證結果,經由網路傳 輸其他資訊處理裝置顯示對應於使用者識別資訊之圖像時 所需之顯示資訊。 本發明之第二資訊處理裝置及第二資訊處理方法、第二 程式儲存媒體與第二程式,係所取得之使用者識別資訊傳 輸至其他資訊處理裝置,並依據所傳輸之使用者識別資訊 及藉由其他資訊處理裝置所認證之結果顯示對應於使用者 識別資訊之圖像。 本發明之第一人偶於記憶體内記憶有使用者識別資訊, 人偶^形狀經使用者識別資訊認證時,形成對應於顯示於 資訊處理裝置之顯示部上之圖像的形狀。 本發明之資訊提供系統及方法,於記憶識別物識別資訊 之識別物分發給第二資訊處理裝置之使用者,自第二資訊 處理裝置經由網路送來識別物識別資訊時,第三資訊處理 t置將對應於識別物識別資訊之内容識別資訊提供至第一 貝訊處理裝置,第一資訊處理裝置將對應於内容識別資訊 之内容經由網路傳輸至第二資訊處理裝置。 本發明之第三資訊處理裝置及第三資訊處理方法、第三 私式儲存媒體與第三程式,於接收第二其他資訊處理裝置 84661-941213.doc -20- 1280495 送來之識別物識別資訊時,依據識別物識別資訊之内容識 別資訊傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置,並對第二其他資訊處^ 裝置之使用者進行收費處理。 本發明之第四資訊處理裝置及第四資訊處理方法、第四 程式儲存媒體與第四程式中’其他資訊處理裝置取得自識 別物讀取,經由網路送來之表示識別物可取得之内容種二 之識別資訊,其他資訊處理裝置將自識別物讀取,經由網 路送來之經密碼化之初始資料予以解碼,解碼後之初始資 料傳輸至其他資訊處理裝置。 本發明之弟五’貝訊處理裝置及第五資訊處理方法、第五 程式儲存媒體與第五程式中,取得記憶於識別物内之識別 物識別資訊,識別物識別資訊經由網路傳輸至第二其他資 訊處理裝置。第二其他資訊處理裝置將對應於識別物識別 資訊之内容識別資訊傳輸至第一其他資訊處理裝置,並依 據内各識別資訊,接收自第一其他資訊處理裝置經由網路 送來之内容。 本發明之第二人偶於記憶體内記憶有識別人偶時所需之 識別資訊,並且其形狀形成對應於内容相關圖像之形狀。 本發明之識別物於記憶體内記憶有識別内容時所需之識 別資訊’並且具有對應於内容相關圖像之特徵。 【實施方式】 圖1表示適用本發明之資訊處理系統之構造例。該構造例 中,於網際網路1上,經由網際網路服務提供者(lsp)2連接 有家庭3的LAN(區域網路)21。LAN 21上連接有房間31至房 84661-941213.doc -21 - 1280495 敏修^正替換頁 ^ Ο» —捕的........r|it______ _ _」供—产 _ύ · ^ ^ 間33<機器。本例之房間3丨中之個人電腦(pc)22連接於lan 21,個人電腦22上連接有後述之親友波卡拉(商標)人偶 161(圖4),或是連接有放置販賣波卡拉(商標)人偶181(圖1〇) 之站台23。 另外,LAN 21係藉由使用者或無線構成。藉由無線構成 時,可採用IEEE(電機電子工程師學會)8〇2 Ua,^lg、 UWB(超寬頻)或Blue Tooth等所規定之方式。此外,藉有線 構成時,可利用USB(通用串列匯流排)等所規定之方式。 房間32中,電視收訊機(τν)24連接於LAN 21,電視收訊 機24上連接有站台25。房間33中,個人電腦26連接於LAN 21,個人電腦26上連接有站台27。 網際網路1經由ISP 4,亦連接有職場5之LAN 51。LAN 51 上連接有個人電腦52,個人電腦52上進一步連接有站台53。 網際網路1上連接有提供對應於販賣波卡拉人偶181(圖 1 〇)之内各貝料之内容伺服器6。連接於網際網路丨之内容伺 服器7提供對應於親友波卡拉人偶161(圖句之内容資料。連 接於網際網路許可證伺服器8提供對應於由内容伺服器 7供給之内容之許可證。 再者,於網際網路1上連接有波卡拉(商標)服務伺服器9。 该波卡拉服務伺服器9提供對應於親友波卡拉人偶丨6丨或販 賣波卡拉人偶181之各種服務。 波卡拉服務伺服器9上連接有記憶有關波卡拉之各種資 訊之波卡扭貝料庫10。另外,波卡拉服務伺服器9上除連接 有對於親友波卡拉人偶161進行認證處理之私人認證伺服 84661-941213.doc -22- 1280495 举,.月Ά :替換頁 器11、對販賣波卡拉人偶181進行認證處理之公用認證伺服 器12之外,亦連接有執行各種收費處理之收費伺服器13。 波卡拉資料庫10、私人認證祠服器11、公用認證伺服器12 及收費伺服器13中之一個以上,依需要亦可與波卡拉服務 伺服器9一體化。 再者,圖1之系統中,行動電話61可經由最近的基地台15 連接於網際網路1。 波卡拉服務伺服器9如以圖2所示之方式構成。 圖2中之CPU(中央處理單元)121按照記憶於⑽叫唯讀記 憶體)122之程式,或自記憶部128載入ram(隨機存取記憶 體)123之程式執行各種處理。ram 123内還適切記憶CPU 121執行各種處理時所需之資料等。 CPU 121、ROM 122及RAM 123經由匯流排124相互連接。 ▲匯流排124亦連接有輸入輸出介面125。 輸入輸出介面125上連接有:包含鍵盤、滑鼠等之輸入部 126;包含CRT(陰極射線管)、LCD(液晶顯示器)等之顯示部 (Display);包含揚聲器等之輸出部127;由硬碟等構成之記 憶邵128 ;及由數據機、終端配接器等構成之通信部^卜 通仏邵129進行經由包含網際網路丨之網路的通信處理。 幸則入輸出介面125上,依需要連接有驅動器13(),適切安 裝有磁碟14卜光碟142、光磁碟143或半導體記憶體144等, 自此等所唄取之私腦私式’依需要安裝於記憶部128内。 個人電腦22如以圖3所示之方式構成。其基本構造與圖2 之波卡拉服務飼服器9相同。亦即,個人電腦22之cpu 221 84661-941213.doc -23 -The progress-prepared/received content judging agency's acceptance of the content to be reproduced from the content-list, and whether the content to be reproduced is memorized in the information processing device 1 and the reproduction obtaining request transmission mechanism The content that needs to be reproduced by the internal valley judgment agency is not memorized in the information processing device < internal Shao Shi's request for the transmission of the content to be reproduced by the other information processing device. The fifth information processing method of the present invention is an information processing device and an information processing method for receiving content provided by a first other beacon processing device via a network, and characterized in that: the obtaining step is to obtain a memory in the identifier <identification identifier "identity identification information; transmission step, which transmits identification information obtained by the process of obtaining the step to the first other information processing device via the network; and receiving the step, The identification information is transmitted according to the processing of the transmission step, and the second other information processing device identifies the information according to the content of the content transmitted to the first other information processing device, and receives the first information from the first network via the network. The content sent by the processing device. The program of the fifth program storage medium of the present invention is a program for receiving an information processing device for providing content by the first other information processing device via the network, characterized in that the method includes: obtaining a step, which is obtained by recognizing the identifier in the identifier. 4 something< identifier identification information; a transmission step, which transmits identification information obtained by the processing of the obtaining step to the second other beacon processing device via the network; and a receiving step, which is based on the transmission The step of processing the transmitted object identification information, and the second other information processing device is based on the content identification information of the content of the first other information processing device, 84661-941213.doc -18 _ 1280495 ι — , one - one · ^ phase, one stop replacement read ^ ¥ L___ J gossip Receive the content from the first other information section 1 ^ ^ via the Internet. And receiving step, which is based on the identifier identification information transmitted by the processing of the transmission step, and the second other information processing device receives the content identification information transmitted to the content of the first other information processing device, and receives the information via the network Content sent by other information processing devices. The fifth program of the present invention is executed in a computer for controlling an information processing device that receives content provided by the first other information processing device via the network: an obtaining step of obtaining an identifier of the identification identifier stored in the identifier = a transmission step of transmitting identification information obtained by the processing of the obtaining step to the second other information processing device via the network; the second figure of the present invention is characterized by: The processing device uses the puppet used at each time, and has: a face ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ body, which is the identification information required to memorize the figure; and the shape corresponding to the content-related figure I. The aforementioned memory can further memorize the type of content that can be obtained by the doll. The aforementioned memory can further memorize the conditions of use of the content. Amount information may be included in the foregoing usage conditions. The foregoing usage conditions may include: a list of contents obtained by the doll; and the number of times the content can be obtained by the doll. When the above memory uses content, the usage conditions can be updated. The article of the present invention is characterized in that: the information processing device uses the knowledge used in the inner=time, and has: a memory, (4) the identification information required to identify the inner valley; and the content correlation map Like the characteristics. The information section (4) of the present invention and its information processing method are based on the replacement of page Μ Ml I * - υηρ〇 < ^ιη η by h ρ η η ; . . , by 84461-941213.doc -19- 1280495 IIΊ I ιι·.ι·ι ur^wiimi Hiri^ ΙΜ ji.j $The user identification information bought by the device 1 and the user identification information of the second information processing device's authentication result 'corresponds to the image of the identifier Displayed on the display portion of the first information processing device. The first information processing device, the first information processing method, the first private storage medium and the first program of the present invention are authenticated according to user identification information sent by other information processing devices, and are transmitted via the network according to the authentication result. Other information processing devices display display information required to correspond to images of user identification information. The second information processing device, the second information processing method, the second program storage medium and the second program of the present invention transmit the user identification information obtained to the other information processing device according to the transmitted user identification information and The image corresponding to the user identification information is displayed by the result of the authentication by the other information processing device. The first person of the present invention memorizes the user identification information in the memory, and when the figure is authenticated by the user identification information, the shape corresponding to the image displayed on the display portion of the information processing device is formed. The information providing system and method of the present invention distributes the identifier of the memory identifier identification information to the user of the second information processing device, and the third information processing is performed when the second information processing device sends the identifier identification information via the network. The content identification information corresponding to the identifier identification information is provided to the first beta processing device, and the first information processing device transmits the content corresponding to the content identification information to the second information processing device via the network. The third information processing device, the third information processing method, the third private storage medium, and the third program of the present invention receive the identification information sent by the second other information processing device 84461-941213.doc -20- 1280495 At this time, the content identification information according to the identifier identification information is transmitted to the first information processing device, and the user of the second other information device is charged. In the fourth information processing device, the fourth information processing method, the fourth program storage medium, and the fourth program in the fourth program, the other information processing device reads the content from the identifier, and the content that is sent via the network indicates that the identifier is available. For the second identification information, other information processing devices will read from the identification, decode the encrypted initial data sent via the network, and decode the initial data to other information processing devices. In the fifth embodiment of the present invention, the fifth processing device, the fifth information processing method, the fifth program storage medium, and the fifth program obtain identification information of the identifier stored in the identifier, and the identifier identification information is transmitted to the network via the network. 2. Other information processing devices. The second other information processing device transmits the content identification information corresponding to the identifier identification information to the first other information processing device, and receives the content sent from the first other information processing device via the network according to the identification information therein. The second person of the present invention remembers the identification information required for recognizing the figure in the memory, and its shape forms a shape corresponding to the content-related image. The identifier of the present invention memorizes in the memory the identification information required for identifying the content and has characteristics corresponding to the content-related image. [Embodiment] FIG. 1 shows a configuration example of an information processing system to which the present invention is applied. In this configuration example, a LAN 3 (Local Area Network) 21 of the home 3 is connected to the Internet 1 via the Internet Service Provider (1sp) 2. LAN 21 is connected to room 31 to room 84461-941213.doc -21 - 1280495 Min Min ^ replacement page ^ Ο» — arrested........r|it______ _ _" for production _ύ · ^ ^ 33 < machine. The personal computer (pc) 22 in the room 3 of this example is connected to the lan 21, and the personal computer 22 is connected with the pro-Friends Pokhara (trademark) figure 161 (Fig. 4), or is connected to the Pokhara ( Trademark) Platform 23 of the figure 181 (Fig. 1〇). Further, the LAN 21 is constituted by a user or wireless. When configured by wireless, IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 8 〇 2 Ua, ^ lg, UWB (Ultra Wide Band) or Blue Tooth can be used. In addition, when it is constituted by a wire, it is possible to use a method such as USB (Universal Serial Bus). In the room 32, a television receiver (τν) 24 is connected to the LAN 21, and a station 25 is connected to the television receiver 24. In the room 33, the personal computer 26 is connected to the LAN 21, and the personal computer 26 is connected to the station 27. Internet 1 is also connected to the LAN 51 of the workplace 5 via the ISP 4. A personal computer 52 is connected to the LAN 51, and a platform 53 is further connected to the personal computer 52. A content server 6 corresponding to each of the beribers in the Pokhara figure 181 (Fig. 1 〇) is connected to the Internet 1. The content server 7 connected to the Internet provides a content corresponding to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161. The connection to the Internet license server 8 provides permission corresponding to the content supplied by the content server 7. Further, a Pokhara (trademark) service server 9 is connected to the Internet 1. The Pokhara Service Server 9 provides various types of friends corresponding to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara Puppets 6 or the Pokhara Puppets 181. The Pokhara Service Server 9 is connected to a wave card twisting library 10 which stores various information about Pokhara. In addition, the Pokhara Service Server 9 is connected to the Pokla Puppet 161 for authentication. Private authentication servo 84461-941213.doc -22- 1280495 ,, Ά Ά : Replacement pager 11, in addition to the public authentication server 12 that certifies the Pokhara figure 181, is also connected to perform various charging processes. The charging server 13. One or more of the Pokhara database 10, the private authentication server 11, the public authentication server 12, and the charging server 13, and may also be integrated with the Pokhara server 9 as needed. Furthermore, in the system of Fig. 1, the mobile phone 61 can be connected to the Internet 1 via the nearest base station 15. The Pokhara service server 9 is constructed as shown in Fig. 2. The CPU in Fig. 2 (central The processing unit 121 performs various processes in accordance with a program stored in (10) a read-only memory 122 or a program in which a ram (random access memory) 123 is loaded from the memory unit 128. In the ram 123, it is also appropriate to memorize the data required for the CPU 121 to perform various processes. The CPU 121, the ROM 122, and the RAM 123 are connected to each other via a bus bar 124. ▲ The bus bar 124 is also connected to the input and output interface 125. The input/output interface 125 is connected to an input unit 126 including a keyboard, a mouse, etc., a display unit including a CRT (cathode ray tube), an LCD (liquid crystal display), and the like, and an output unit 127 including a speaker or the like; A memory block 128 composed of a disk or the like; and a communication unit composed of a data machine, a terminal adapter, etc., communicates via a network including the Internet. Fortunately, the output interface 125 is connected to the driver 13 () as needed, and the disk 14 142, the optical disk 143 or the semiconductor memory 144 are appropriately mounted, and the private brain privately adopted It needs to be installed in the memory unit 128. The personal computer 22 is constructed as shown in FIG. The basic structure is the same as that of the Pokhara service feeder 9 of FIG. That is, the personal computer 22 cpu 221 84661-941213.doc -23 -

1280495 至通信部229基本上具有與圖2之波卡拉服務伺服器9之 CPU 121至通信部129相同的功能。 圖3之個人電腦22之輸入輸出介面225上連接有連接部 230,該連接部232連接站台23。如圖3所示,站台23内藏讀 寫器41 ’具有自放置其内之波卡拉人偶,藉由電磁感應, 非接觸性讀取資訊的功能。 輸入輸出介面225上,依需要連接驅動器231,安裝有磁 碟251、光碟252、光磁碟253或半導體記憶體254時,自其 讀取之電腦程式,依需要安裝於記憶部228内。 籲 該資訊處理系統(資訊提供系統)中,為使本身實施認證, 各使用者預先購買圖4所示之親友波卡拉人偶丨6丨。如圖5所 示,該親友波卡拉人偶161内藏有具有天線172之1C晶片 171。如圖6所示,該1C晶片171内記憶有使用者10,其係作 為識保持该親友波卡拉人偶161之使用者之使用者識別 資訊,及波卡拉ID,其係作為識別其親友波卡拉人偶i 6 i用 之波卡拉人偶識別資訊。 另外,使用者ID亦可與波卡拉id兼用。 _ 其次,參照圖7之流程圖,說明使用者取得親友波卡拉人 偶161之處理。 個人電腦22之使用者操作輸入部226,下達對波卡拉服務 伺服态9之存取指令。CPU 221取得來自輸入部226之該指令 時,於步騾S1中,控制通信部229,並經由lAN 21、ISP 2 及網際網路丨,進入波卡拉服務伺服器9。波卡拉服務伺服 器9對進來之個人電腦22,經由網際網路^是供輸入使用者 84661-941213.doc -24-The 1280495 to communication unit 229 basically has the same function as the CPU 121 to the communication unit 129 of the Pokara service server 9 of Fig. 2 . A connection portion 230 is connected to the input/output interface 225 of the personal computer 22 of Fig. 3, and the connection portion 232 is connected to the station 23. As shown in Fig. 3, the built-in reader/writer 41' of the station 23 has a function of reading information by non-contact by electromagnetic induction from a Pokola figure placed therein. The input/output interface 225 is connected to the driver 231 as needed, and when the magnetic disk 251, the optical disk 252, the optical disk 253 or the semiconductor memory 254 is mounted, the computer program read therefrom is installed in the memory unit 228 as needed. In the information processing system (information providing system), in order to implement the certification itself, each user pre-purchases the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure shown in FIG. As shown in Fig. 5, the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 houses a 1C wafer 171 having an antenna 172. As shown in FIG. 6, the user 10 is stored in the 1C chip 171 as a user identification information for the user who holds the friend and friend of the Pokhara figure 161, and a Pokhara ID, which is used to identify the friend and friend wave. The Karaoke figure used by the Kara doll i 6 i to identify information. In addition, the user ID can also be used with the Pokhara id. _ Next, with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 7, the user's process of obtaining the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 will be described. The user of the personal computer 22 operates the input unit 226 to issue an access command to the Pokhara service servo state 9. When the CPU 221 obtains the command from the input unit 226, the CPU 221 controls the communication unit 229 in step S1, and enters the Pokhara service server 9 via the lAN 21, the ISP 2, and the Internet. The Pokhara service server 9 pairs the incoming personal computer 22, via the Internet ^ is for input users 84661-941213.doc -24-

1280495 資訊用之GUI(圖形使用者介面)(後述之圖9的步驟S21)。因 而’使用者操作輸入部226,輸入本身姓名、住址、出生曰 期、性別 '電話號碼、傳真號碼、郵件網址、信用卡號、 銀行帳戶號碼等使用者資訊。於步驟S2中,CPU 221自通信 部229,經由網際網路1,將所輸入之使用者資訊傳輸至波 卡拉服務伺服器9。另外,個人電腦22(其他終端亦同)與波 卡拉服務伺服器9間之通信,依需要予以密碼化。 此時,波卡拉服務伺服器9對個人電腦22傳輸親友波卡拉 人偶之候補(一覽)(圖9之步騾S23)。因而,於步驟S3中,CPU 221經由通信部229,接收自波卡拉服務伺服器9送來之親友 波卡拉人偶之候補時,使其輸出而顯示於輸出部227之顯示 邵上。藉此,顯示如圖8所示之親友波卡拉人偶之候補。圖 8中顯示A至F等六種親友波卡拉人偶。圖4所示之親友波卡 拉人偶161對應於其中之圖8F。 使用者操作輸入部226,自所顯示之親友波卡拉人偶之候 補中指定利用者,作為本身之親友波卡拉人偶。CPU 221 於步騾S4中,受理該親友波卡拉人偶之選擇。 於步驟S5中,CPU 221將步騾S4處理時受理之親友波卡拉 人偶的選擇資訊傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 波卡拉服務伺服器9接收來自個人電腦22之選擇資訊 時’送來包含對應於其選出之親友波卡拉人偶之親友波卡 拉之資料之波卡拉服務用之電腦程式(圖9之步·驟S26)。 於步騾S6中,個人電腦22之CPU 221接收自波卡拉服務伺 服器9送來之電腦程式,並記憶於記憶部228内。該程式包 84661-941213.doc -25- ---------- _________ Η ίΖ I 4 1280495 含使對應於親友波卡拉人偶之親友波卡拉(為對於實際存 在之親友波卡拉人偶進行動畫顯示之虛擬人偶,以下,亦 將其稱為角色)顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上所需之資料(親 友波卡拉之資料)。 該親友波卡拉之角色係以與對應之親友波卡拉人偶相同 之圖像表現。換言之,親友波卡拉人偶具有與作為顯示於 輸出部227之顯示部上之虛擬人偶之親友波卡拉相同的形 狀(包含顏色等)。 如圖4之親友波卡拉人偶ι61係對應於圖8F所示之親友波 卡拉之角色者。 使用者將步騾S6處理所接收之程式安裝於利用波卡拉服 務伺服器9提供之服務之其他機器内。圖1之例時,電視收 訊機24與個人電腦26内安裝該程式。此外,亦安裝於職場5 之個人電腦52内。 電視收訊機24設有如安裝Memory Stick(商標)等半導體 記憶體之安裝部,使用者如藉由個人電腦22,在Mem〇ry Stick内記憶其程式,於電視收訊機24内安裝該Mem〇ry Stick,可對電視收訊機24安裝該程式。 而後,由於波卡拉服務伺服器9分送使用者於步騾S4處理 中選擇之親友波卡拉人偶(圖9之步騾S27),因此使用者於步 驟S8中,接收自波卡拉服務伺服器9送來之人偶。 波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於以上之圖7之個人電腦22的處 理’而執行圖9之流程圖所示之處理。 亦即,於步騾S21中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu丨2丨於個 84661-941213.doc -26- 1280495 卓4样lg|修正替換 ¥ 人電腦22之使用者經由網際網路1存取時,並經由通信部 129受理該存取時,係對於該個人電腦22,經由網際網路1, 提供輸入使用者資訊用之GUI至個人電腦22。 如上所述,使用者依據該GUI送來使用者資訊(圖7之步驟 S2)。因而,於步騾S22中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121 接收來自個人電腦22之使用者資訊時,係經由通信部129將 其供給、登錄於波卡拉資料庫1 〇内。藉此,使用者資訊登 錄於波卡拉資料庫10内(其詳細内容參照圖3 0敘述如後)。 其次,於步驟S23中,CPU 121自記憶部128讀取親友波卡 拉人偶之候補,並傳輸至個人電腦22。藉此,如上所述, 圖8所示之親友波卡拉人偶之候補傳輸至個人電腦22。 如上所述,使用者自傳輸之親友波卡拉人偶之候補中選 擇一個親友波卡拉人偶,並送來其選擇資訊(圖7之步騾 S5) 〇 因而,於步驟S25中,CPU 121對使用者分配使用者ID, 作為識別使用者用之識別資訊。此外,CPU 121分配波卡拉 ID至使用者選出之親友波卡拉人偶,並對應於使用者資訊 而登錄於波卡拉資料庫1〇内,作為波卡拉資訊。該波卡拉 資訊中’除波卡拉ID之外,還包含表示其波卡拉是否為親 友波卡拉之旗標(親友波卡拉旗標),或是具有其波卡拉之參 數等。該參數表示其親友波卡拉穿著之服裝,或是其親友 波卡扭具有之功能等。另外,親友波卡拉旗標亦可含於分 配於親友波卡拉人偶i61之波卡拉id内。 其次,於步驟S26中,CPU 121自記憶部128讀取使用者接 84661-941213.doc -27- 1280495 4日修(p正替換頁 收波卡拉服務用之程式,並經由網際網路1傳輸至個人電腦 22。此時,CPU 121將使用者ID及表示其親友波卡拉之角色 所需之波卡拉資訊含於程式内傳輸。該波卡拉資訊中,除 波卡拉ID之外,還包含屬於包含各種參數之圖像來源之波 卡拉資料。該程式係藉由個人電腦22接收(圖7之步騾S6)。 而後’於步驟S27中’ CPU 121執行分送對應於步驟S24 之處理所接收之選擇資訊之親友波卡拉人偶的處理。具體 而言,CPU 121自構成輸出部127之列印機輸出指定使用者 選出之親友波卡拉人偶之資訊(波卡拉ID)及其使用者之住 址、姓名等。波卡拉服務伺服器9之管理者依據該列印機之 輸出’進行將特定之親友波卡拉人偶分送至使用者的手續。 其次,於步騾S28中,CPU 121執行對應於分送給使用者 之親友波卡拉人偶之代價的收費處理。 具體而言,CPU 121對收費伺服器13,依據使用者資訊内 所含之k用卡號’要求對應於親友波卡拉人偶之代價之價 格結算。或是,CPU 121對收費伺服器13,要求自使用者资 訊内所含之銀行帳戶號碼扣除代價。收費伺服器丨3依據該 要求’對其使用者之信用卡公司或銀行要求對應於親友波 卡拉人偶之代價的扣款處理。 使用者如上述地取仔親友波卡拉人偶161。使用者亦可直 接前往藉由波卡拉服務伺服器9之管理者所管理之店舖,購 買親友波卡拉人偶161。此時,使用者於該店舖中直接輸入 使用者資訊。 上述中’自個人電腦2 2進入波卡拉服務飼服器9内,預先 84661_941213.doc •28-1280495 GUI for information (graphical user interface) (step S21 of FIG. 9 to be described later). Therefore, the user operates the input unit 226 to input user information such as the name, address, birth date, gender 'phone number, fax number, mail address, credit card number, bank account number, and the like. In step S2, the CPU 221 transmits the input user information to the karaoke server 9 via the Internet 1 from the communication unit 229. In addition, the communication between the personal computer 22 (other terminals) and the Pokéla service server 9 is encrypted as needed. At this time, the Pokhara service server 9 transmits a candidate (list) of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll to the personal computer 22 (step S23 of Fig. 9). Therefore, in step S3, the CPU 221 receives the candidate of the relatives and friends of the Pokara doll sent from the Pokhara service server 9 via the communication unit 229, and outputs it to the display unit 227. Thereby, the candidate of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure shown in FIG. 8 is displayed. Figure 8 shows six friends and relatives such as A to F. The relative friend Pocara figure 161 shown in Fig. 4 corresponds to Fig. 8F therein. The user operates the input unit 226 to designate a user from the display of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure, as a relative and friend of the Pokhara figure. The CPU 221 accepts the selection of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure in step S4. In step S5, the CPU 221 transmits the selection information of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll received at the time of the processing of the step S4 to the Pokhara service server 9. When receiving the selection information from the personal computer 22, the Pokhara service server 9 sends a computer program for the Pokhara service including the information of the relatives and friends of the selected relatives of the Pokhara dolls, Pokhara (Fig. 9 step) S26). In step S6, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 receives the computer program sent from the Pokhara service server 9 and stores it in the memory unit 228. The package 84461-941213.doc -25- ---------- _________ Η ίΖ I 4 1280495 contains the relatives and friends of Pokhara corresponding to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara dolls (for the actual presence of friends and relatives Pokhara The virtual figure that is displayed in an animation, hereinafter referred to as a character, is displayed on the display unit of the output unit 227 (the material of the relatives and friends). The role of the relative friend Pokhara is expressed in the same image as the corresponding relatives, the Pokhara figure. In other words, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure have the same shape (including color, etc.) as the relatives and friends of the karaoke which is the virtual figure displayed on the display portion of the output unit 227. As shown in Fig. 4, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure ι61 correspond to the role of the relatives and friends of the Karaoke shown in Fig. 8F. The user installs the program received by the step S6 processing into another machine that utilizes the services provided by the Pokhara service server 9. In the example of Fig. 1, the program is installed in the television receiver 24 and the personal computer 26. In addition, it is also installed in the personal computer 52 of the workplace 5. The television receiver 24 is provided with a mounting portion for mounting a semiconductor memory such as a Memory Stick (trademark). The user stores the program in the Mem〇ry Stick by the personal computer 22, and installs the Mem in the television receiver 24. 〇ry Stick, which can be installed on the TV receiver 24. Then, since the Pokhara service server 9 distributes the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll selected by the user in the process of step S4 (step S27 of FIG. 9), the user receives the Pokhara service server in step S8. 9 sent dolls. The Pokhara service server 9 performs the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 9 in correspondence with the processing of the personal computer 22 of Fig. 7 described above. That is, in step S21, the cpu 服务2 of the Pokhara service server 9 is in an 84461-941213.doc -26- 1280495 卓 4 lg|correction replacement ¥ user 22 user via the Internet 1 At the time of access, when the access is received via the communication unit 129, the GUI for inputting user information is supplied to the personal computer 22 via the Internet 1. As described above, the user sends user information in accordance with the GUI (step S2 of Fig. 7). Therefore, in step S22, when the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 receives the user information from the personal computer 22, it is supplied and registered in the Pokhara database 1 via the communication unit 129. Thereby, the user information is registered in the Pokhara database 10 (the details of which are described later with reference to Fig. 30). Next, in step S23, the CPU 121 reads the candidate of the friend and friend Pocadora from the memory unit 128, and transmits it to the personal computer 22. Thereby, as described above, the candidate of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure shown in FIG. 8 is transmitted to the personal computer 22. As described above, the user selects one of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll from the transmission of the relatives and friends, and sends the selection information (step S5 of FIG. 7). Thus, in step S25, the CPU 121 pairs The user assigns a user ID as identification information for identifying the user. Further, the CPU 121 assigns the Pokhara ID to the Pokola figure selected by the user, and registers it in the Pokhara database as the Pokhara information corresponding to the user information. In addition to the Pokhara ID, the Pokhara information also includes whether the Pokhara is the flag of the relatives of Pokhara (the relatives and friends of the Pokhara flag), or the parameters of its Pokhara. This parameter indicates the clothing worn by its relatives and friends, Pokhara, or the functions of its friends and relatives. In addition, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara flag can also be included in the Pokhara id assigned to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara i61. Next, in step S26, the CPU 121 reads the user's connection 84461-941213.doc -27- 1280495 4 from the memory unit 128 (p is replacing the program for the page karaoke service, and transmits it via the Internet 1). To the personal computer 22. At this time, the CPU 121 transmits the user ID and the Pokhara information required to represent the role of the relative friend Pocara in the program. The Pokhara information includes, in addition to the Pokhara ID, The Pokhara data containing the image source of various parameters is received by the personal computer 22 (step S6 of Fig. 7). Then, in step S27, the CPU 121 performs the distribution corresponding to the processing of the step S24. Specifically, the CPU 121 outputs, from the printer constituting the output unit 127, the information of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll designated by the user (Pokhara ID) and its users. Address, name, etc. The manager of the Pokhara service server 9 performs the procedure of distributing the specific relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll to the user based on the output of the printer. Next, in step S28, the CPU 121 executes Corresponding to distribution Specifically, the CPU 121 requests the charging server 13 to use the card number 'in the user information to 'require the price corresponding to the price of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara dolls. Alternatively, the CPU 121 requests the charging server 13 to deduct the consideration from the bank account number contained in the user information. The charging server 丨3 according to the requirement 'the credit card company or bank request for the user corresponds to The deduction of the price of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll. The user can take the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 as described above. The user can also go directly to the store managed by the manager of the Pokhara service server 9 to purchase relatives and friends. The Pokhara figure 161. At this time, the user directly inputs the user information in the shop. The above-mentioned 'from the personal computer 2 2 enters the Pokhara service feeding device 9, in advance 84461_941213.doc • 28-

1280495 傳輸必要之使用者資訊後,可接收親友波卡拉人偶之分 送,換言之,預先登錄使用者後,可接收親友波卡拉人偶 之分送,不過,亦可於使用者預先購買僅記憶有波卡拉ID 之親友波卡拉人偶後,經由網路登錄使用者。此時購買之 親友波卡拉,爾後作為使用者代理人的功能。 此外,店舖内除親友波卡拉人偶161之外,亦販賣圖10所 示之販賣波卡拉人偶181。使用者依需要可於各種店舖中購 買該販賣波卡拉人偶181。該販賣波卡拉人偶181亦於内部 内藏1C晶片191。1C晶片191記憶對應於其販賣波卡拉人偶 1 8 1具有之功能的資訊。 圖11表示販賣波卡拉人偶181具有提供内容資料功能時 之一種記憶於1C晶片191内之資訊。該例中,於具有天線192 之1C晶片191内記憶有波卡拉ID、規定使用内容之條件之使 用條件。該使用條件中如包含可重現其内容之次數及可重 現之期限等。 再者,1C晶片191内,依需要亦記憶對應於使用者為使用 内容而支付之金額(購買金額)之預付金額。 使用者如此取得親友波卡拉人偶161或販賣波卡拉人偶 181,並接收内容之提供時,將親友波卡拉人偶ι61或販賣 波卡拉人偶181放置於對應於使用之機器之站台上。如使用 個人電腦22時,使用者於對應於個人電腦22而連接之站台 23上放置親友波卡拉人偶161或販賣波卡拉人偶1 81。此 時’個人電腦22執行圖12至圖16之流程圖所示的處理。 於步騾S41中,個人電腦22之CPU 221判定站台23上是否 84661-941213.doc -29-1280495 After transmitting the necessary user information, you can receive the distribution of friends and relatives of Pokhara dolls. In other words, after you log in to the user in advance, you can receive the distribution of your friends and relatives, but you can also purchase the memory only in advance. After having a friend of Pokhara ID, the Pokhara doll, log in to the user via the Internet. At this time, the relatives and friends of Pokhara, who later purchased the function as a user agent. In addition, in addition to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161, the store also sells the Pokhara figure 181 shown in Figure 10. The user can purchase the Pokhara doll 181 in various shops as needed. The sale of the Pokhara figure 181 also contains a 1C chip 191 inside. The 1C chip 191 stores information corresponding to its function of selling the Pokhara figure 181. Fig. 11 shows the information stored in the 1C wafer 191 when the Pokola figure 181 has a function of providing content data. In this example, the conditions for using the Pocla ID and the conditions for specifying the content of the content are stored in the 1C wafer 191 having the antenna 192. The conditions of use include the number of times the content can be reproduced and the period of reproducibility. Further, in the 1C chip 191, the prepaid amount corresponding to the amount (purchase amount) paid by the user for the use content is also stored as needed. When the user obtains the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 or sells the Pokhara figure 181 and receives the offer of the content, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure ι61 or the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 are placed on the platform corresponding to the machine used. When the personal computer 22 is used, the user places the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 or the Pokola figure 1 81 on the station 23 connected to the personal computer 22. At this time, the personal computer 22 executes the processing shown in the flowcharts of Figs. 12 to 16 . In step S41, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 determines whether the station 23 is 84661-941213.doc -29-

1280495 放置有波卡拉人偶。尚未放置波卡拉人偶時’等待其放置。 放置有波卡拉人偶時,藉由讀窝器241讀取記憶於其1C晶 片171(或191)内之資訊,並經由連接部230送至CPU 221。因 而CPU221在讀取該資訊前,重複執行步驟S41之處理。 判定站台23上放置有波卡拉人偶時,進入步驟S42,CPU 221讀取記憶於波卡拉人偶之1C晶片171(或191)内之資訊。 即使所放置之波卡拉人偶為親友波卡拉人偶161或販賣波 卡拉人偶18 1 ’其1C晶片171或191内仍記憶有波卡拉id(圖6 及圖11)。CPU 221於步騾S43中,控制通信部229 ,將所讀 取之波卡拉ID傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。此時所傳輸之 ID,於波卡拉服務伺服器9中,係用於識別使用者(波卡拉 人偶)。亦即,由於此時之波卡拉ID係用作識別使用者之 ID,因此記憶有使用者ID時,亦可將其傳輸。此外,亦可 傳輸波卡拉ID與使用者ID兩者。 亦即,所讀取之波卡拉ID係經由LAN 21 ' ISP 2、網際網 路1而傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。換言之,親友波卡拉人 偶161放置於站台23上時,CPU 21於步驟S43中,執行對於 波卡拉服務伺服器9之登入處理(連接處理)。 如此,由於使用者無須利用鍵盤等輸入ID,因此可對波 卡拉服務伺服器9輕易地存取,並且可防止輸入錯誤的發 生。因此,如不習慣鍵盤操作之孩童、女性、老人等,亦 可進行存取。 波卡拉服務伺服器9接收波卡拉ID時,判定其波卡拉出是 否登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内(後述之圖28之步驟S93)。另 84661-941213.doc -30- 0綠正替換頁 1280495 r——ΰ ^ Η 外,於波卡拉資料庫ίο内,除親友波卡拉之ID外,亦登錄 有販賣波卡拉之ID。登錄所有讀取之波卡拉ID的情況下, 波卡拉服務伺服器9自波卡拉資料庫1〇讀取並送來公事包 資訊(圖28之步驟S98、S107)。 此外,波卡拉服務伺服器9於波卡拉ID尚未登錄於波卡拉 資料庫1〇内的情況下,送來錯誤資訊(圖28之步驟S103)。 因而,於步驟S44中,個人電腦22之CPU 221判定是否自 波卡拉服務伺服器9接收錯誤資訊。於步騾S44中,判定接 收有錯誤資訊(於圖28之步驟S103之處理時所傳輸之資訊) 的情況下’進入步驟S 4 5 ’ C P U 2 21執行錯誤處理。亦即, 此種情況下,由於波卡拉ID尚未登錄於波卡拉資料庫10 内,因此使用者無法利用波卡拉服務。 另外,於步驟S44中,判定未接收錯誤資訊的情況下(判 定所接收者係圖28之步騾S98、S107之處理時所傳輸之公事 包資訊的情況下),進入步騾S46,CPU 221接收自波卡拉服 務伺服器9送來之公事包資訊。於步騾S47中,CPU 221將波 卡拉到達資訊傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。該波卡拉到達資 訊係於後述之圖28之步驟S99中,藉由波卡拉服務伺服器9 接收。 於步騾S48中,CPU 221判定放置於站台23上者是否為親 友波卡拉人偶161。亦即,自波卡拉服務飼服器9送來之公 事包資訊中包含步驟S43處理時,表示傳輸至波卡拉服務祠 服器9之波卡拉ID是否為親友波卡拉之1〇之親友波卡拉旗 松。CPU 221依據該親友波卡拉旗標進行步驟8之判定處 84661-941213.doc -31 - 1280495 理。1280495 Placed with Pokhara dolls. When the Pokhara doll has not been placed, 'wait for it to be placed. When the Pokhara figure is placed, the information stored in the 1C wafer 171 (or 191) is read by the reader 241 and sent to the CPU 221 via the connection unit 230. Therefore, the CPU 221 repeatedly executes the processing of step S41 before reading the information. When the Pokhara figure is placed on the determination station 23, the process proceeds to step S42, and the CPU 221 reads the information stored in the 1C chip 171 (or 191) of the Pokhara figure. Even if the placed Pokhara doll is a relative friend, a Pokhara figure 161 or a Pokola figure 18 1 ', its 1C wafer 171 or 191 still has a Pokhara id (Figs. 6 and 11). The CPU 221, in step S43, controls the communication unit 229 to transmit the read wave Kara ID to the Pokhara service server 9. The ID transmitted at this time is used in the Pokhara service server 9 to identify the user (Pokhara doll). That is, since the Pokhara ID is used as the ID of the identification user, the user ID can be transmitted when the user ID is stored. In addition, both the Pokhara ID and the User ID can be transmitted. That is, the read Pokhara ID is transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9 via the LAN 21 'ISP 2, the Internet 1 . In other words, when the relative friend Pokhara figure 161 is placed on the station 23, the CPU 21 executes the login process (connection process) for the Pokhara service server 9 in step S43. Thus, since the user does not need to input an ID using a keyboard or the like, the user can easily access the karaoke server 9, and the occurrence of an input error can be prevented. Therefore, children, women, and the elderly who are not used to keyboard operation can also access. When the Pokhara service server 9 receives the Pokhara ID, it is determined whether or not the Pokhara output is registered in the Pokhara database 10 (step S93 of Fig. 28 which will be described later). Another 84661-941213.doc -30- 0 green positive replacement page 1280495 r - ΰ ^ Η In addition, in the Pokhara database ίο, in addition to the ID of friends and relatives Pokhara, also registered with the sale of Pokhara ID. When all the read Pokhara IDs are registered, the Pokhara service server 9 reads and sends the briefcase information from the Pokhara database 1 (steps S98 and S107 of Fig. 28). Further, when the Pokhara ID is not registered in the Pokhara database, the Pokhara service server 9 sends an error message (step S103 of Fig. 28). Therefore, in step S44, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 determines whether or not the error information is received from the Pokhara service server 9. In step S44, it is judged that the error information (information transmitted at the time of the processing of step S103 of Fig. 28) is received, and the processing proceeds to step S4 5 'C P U 2 21 to perform error processing. That is, in this case, since the Pokhara ID is not registered in the Pokhara database 10, the user cannot utilize the Pokhara service. Further, if it is determined in step S44 that the error information has not been received (in the case where it is determined that the recipient is the briefcase information transmitted during the processing of steps S98 and S107 of FIG. 28), the process proceeds to step S46, and the CPU 221 Receiving the briefcase information sent from the Pokhara service server 9. In step S47, the CPU 221 transmits the wave arrival information to the Pokhara service server 9. The Pokhara arrival information is received by the Pokhara service server 9 in step S99 of Fig. 28, which will be described later. In step S48, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the person placed on the station 23 is a relative friend Pokhara figure 161. That is, when the information of the briefcase sent from the Pokhara service feeding device 9 includes the processing of step S43, it indicates whether the Pokhara ID transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9 is the relative of the relatives and friends of Pokhara. Flag pine. The CPU 221 performs the determination of step 8 according to the relative friend Pocara flag 84661-941213.doc -31 - 1280495.

親友波卡拉之公事包資訊中,如圖17所示,含有··角色 資訊、郵件資訊、行事曆資訊、喜好資訊、工作資訊、快 取資訊、搜尋資訊、内容資訊及親友波卡拉旗標。 此外’如圖18所示,於販賣波卡拉之公事包資訊中包含: 角色資訊、内容資訊及親友波卡拉旗標。 此等資訊係含於後述之圖31之親友波卡拉之波卡拉資 訊’或圖32之販賣波卡拉之波卡拉資訊内,不過,係作為 公事包資訊而送來者。此等資訊的詳細内容,參照圖3 j與 圖3 2欽述如後。 另外’親友波卡拉或販賣波卡拉之公事包資訊中,依需 要亦可進一步包含許可證資訊,其包含:伺服器網址、許 可證ID、密碼鍵等。 此外’亦可使角色資訊及内容之圖像資料等記憶於1〇晶 片及個人電腦等終端内,於變更時使其更新。如此有助於 利用ΜΓ域狹窄之線路及以資料重量進行收費的線路。 放置於站台23上者為親友波卡拉人偶ι61的情況下,執行 其使用者相關處理。此時,進入步驟S49,CPU 221依據步 騾S46處理時接收之公事包資訊,生成波卡拉圖像資料,使 波卡拉之角色顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上。 亦即,於個人電腦22之記憶部228内記憶有圖7之步騾S6 處理時,自波卡拉服務伺服器9所接收之波卡拉資訊。CPU 221謂取對應於公事包資訊内所含之波卡拉id之波卡拉資 訊中之親友波卡拉的角色,於其參數内設定公事包資訊内 84661-941213.doc -32- 1280495 94. 12: 14In the information package of friends and relatives, Pokhara, as shown in Figure 17, contains information on the role, email information, calendar information, favorite information, work information, quick information, search information, content information, and friends and relatives. In addition, as shown in Figure 18, the information on the business bag of the sale of Pokhara includes: role information, content information and friends and relatives Pokhara flag. This information is contained in the Pokhara information of Pokhara, the relatives and friends of Figure 31, which is described later, or the Pokhara information of Pokhara, which is shown in Figure 32. However, it is sent as information on the briefcase. The details of such information are as described below with reference to Figures 3j and 3C. In addition, in the information package of the relatives and friends of Pokhara or Pokhara, the license information may be further included as needed, including: server URL, license ID, password key, and the like. In addition, the image information of the character information and content can be stored in a terminal such as a tablet or a personal computer, and updated when the change is made. This helps to take advantage of narrow roads and lines that are charged by the weight of the data. When the person who is placed on the station 23 is a relative friend, the Pokhara figure ι61, the user-related processing is executed. At this time, the process proceeds to step S49, and the CPU 221 generates the Pokhara image data based on the briefcase information received at the time of the processing of step S46, and causes the character of the Pokhara to be displayed on the display portion of the output unit 227. That is, the Pokhara information received from the Pokhara service server 9 is stored in the memory unit 228 of the personal computer 22 when the process of step S6 of FIG. 7 is stored. The CPU 221 takes the role of the relative friend Pocara in the Pokhara information contained in the Pokhara id contained in the briefcase information, and sets the briefcase information in its parameters 84461-941213.doc -32- 1280495 94. 12: 14

所含之參數的具體值,生成親友波卡拉之圖像資料,輸出 至輸出部227之顯示部,並使親友波卡拉(虛擬親友波卡拉 之角色)顯示。該親友波卡拉之角色成為對應於放置於站台 23上之親友波卡拉人偶161的圖像。 換言之,親友波卡拉人偶161形成對應於該圖像(角色)之 形狀。因此,使用者看到顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上之親 友波卡拉之角色時,即可立即瞭解其親友波卡拉之角色即 為對應於放置於站台23上之親友波卡拉161者。 如此,由於顯示人偶與外觀相同波卡拉之角色,因此使 用者可輕易地識別利用之服務。 另外,可自波卡拉服務伺服器9供給顯示虛擬親友波卡拉 之角色用之波卡拉資訊至個人電腦22,不過,亦可預先使 其波卡拉貝訊$己憶於親友波卡拉人偶161内。如此可更迅速 地顯示。 此外,自波卡拉服務伺服器9接收之波卡拉資訊,特別是 包含表示角色多邊形(Character Polygon)、結構(Texture)、 移動等角色時所需之參數之波卡拉圖像資料,自波卡拉服 務伺服咨9接收時,亦可保存於親友波卡拉人偶丨6丨(或個人 電腦22)内。此時,對波卡拉服務伺服器9進行存取時,判 定波卡拉圖像資料是否更新過,尚未更新時,利用原保存 <波卡拉圖像資料,已更新時,自波卡拉服務伺服器9接收 並保存新的波卡拉圖像資料。 再者’波卡拉資訊内可包含電子郵件之標頭部分的内容 (如後述< 圖22所示之電子郵件寄件人、收信日期(收訊日期 84661-941213.doc -33- ·14、 ·14、1280495 時間、郵件標題等郵件選擇上所需的資訊))。此時,於使用 者選擇電子郵件之功能時,係對作為郵件伺服器之ISp 2進 行存取’並下載電子郵件的本文。 其次,於步驟S50中,CPU 221依據其親友波卡拉之公事 包資訊,將親友波卡拉具有之功能一覽作為圖符,使其顯 7F於親友波卡拉周圍。 圖19與圖20顯示該步驟S49與步騾S5〇之處理結果的顯示 例。 首先,如圖19所示,顯示親友波卡拉之角色出場之出場 口 301。而後,如圖20所示,對應於親友波卡拉人偶161之 親友波卡拉之角色311登錄之圖像自出場口 3〇1以動畫顯 示。如上所述,該親友波卡拉之角色3 u成為對應於親友波 卡拉人偶161之圖像。 於親友波卡拉之角色311之周圍顯示對應於親友波卡拉 之角色311(其使用者)保持之功能之圖符^―丨至321_7。圖 20之顯π例中,圖符數量為7個,不過其數量並不限定於此。 另外,亦可使角色3 11具有公事包,使用者點選其公事包 時,使其公事包内所含之圖符顯示。 使用者自對應於如此顯示之功能的圖符中,操作構成輸 入部226之如滑鼠等,來選擇特定之圖符。 因而,於步騾S51中,CPU221於選擇一個功能之前待用。 判足選出一個功能時,進入步.驟S52,cpu 221執行對應於 選出之功能的處理。 如自7個圖符中選出對應於郵件之圖符321_3時, 84661-941213.doc -34- 1280495The specific value of the parameter included is generated to generate image data of the relatives and friends, and is output to the display unit of the output unit 227, and the relatives and friends Pokhara (the role of the virtual relative friend Pokhara) are displayed. The role of the relative friend Pokhara becomes an image corresponding to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 placed on the platform 23. In other words, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 form a shape corresponding to the image (role). Therefore, when the user sees the role of the relative friend Pocara displayed on the display portion of the output unit 227, the user can immediately know that the role of his relative friend Pokhara corresponds to the relative friend Pocara 161 placed on the station 23. Thus, since the display figure and the appearance of the same Pokhara role, the user can easily recognize the service utilized. In addition, Pokhara information for displaying the role of the virtual relative friend Pokhara can be supplied to the personal computer 22 from the Pokhara service server 9, but it is also possible to make the Pokharabe message in advance to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161. . This can be displayed more quickly. In addition, the Pokhara information received from the Pokhara service server 9, in particular, the Pokhara image data including the parameters required for character Polygon, Texture, Movement, etc., from the Pokhara service When the servo consultation 9 is received, it can also be stored in the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 6 (or the personal computer 22). At this time, when the Pokhara service server 9 is accessed, it is determined whether the Pokhara image data has been updated, and when the Pokhara image data has not been updated, the original Pongkara image data is used, and the Pokhara service server is updated. 9 Receive and save new Pokhara image data. In addition, 'Pokhara information can include the content of the header part of the email (as described later < Figure 22, the email sender, the date of receipt (receipt date 84461-941213.doc -33- ·14) , · 14, 1280495 time, mail headers and other mail selection information required)). At this time, when the user selects the function of the e-mail, it accesses the ISp 2 as the mail server and downloads the e-mail. Next, in step S50, the CPU 221 uses the information of the friends and relatives of Pokhara as an icon to display the function list of the relatives and friends of Pokhara as an icon, so that it is displayed around the relatives and friends of Pokhara. Fig. 19 and Fig. 20 show examples of display of the processing results of the step S49 and the step S5. First, as shown in Fig. 19, the appearance port 301 of the appearance of the friend and friend Pokhara is displayed. Then, as shown in Fig. 20, the image corresponding to the character 311 registered by the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 is displayed in an animation from the exit port 3〇1. As described above, the character 3 u of the relative friend Pokhara becomes an image corresponding to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161. The icon ^ to 321_7 corresponding to the function of the character 311 (the user) of the relative friend Pocara is displayed around the character 311 of the relatives and friends. In the example of π in Fig. 20, the number of icons is seven, but the number is not limited to this. Alternatively, the character 3 11 may have a briefcase, and when the user clicks on the briefcase, the icon contained in the briefcase is displayed. The user selects a specific icon from the icon corresponding to the function thus displayed, such as a mouse or the like that constitutes the input unit 226. Thus, in step S51, the CPU 221 is inactive before selecting a function. When a function is selected, the process proceeds to step S52, and the CPU 221 performs processing corresponding to the selected function. For example, when the icon 321_3 corresponding to the mail is selected from the 7 icons, 84661-941213.doc -34- 1280495

蜂日修((更)正替换頁I 執行對應於郵件之處理。具體而言,CPU221係控制通信部 229 ’並對波卡拉服務伺服器9要求讀取郵件資訊。 波卡拉服務伺服器9經個人電腦22指示取得郵件資訊 時,或是每隔一定時間周期性地經由網際網路丨進入isp 2(具有郵件伺服器之功能),讀取其使用者之郵件資訊,並 登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内。波卡拉服務伺服器9讀取登錄於 波卡拉資料庫ίο内之郵件資訊,並自網際網路卜經由isp 2、LAN 21傳輸至個人電腦22。 CPU 221使對應^所讀取之郵件資訊之圖像顯示於輸出 邵227之顯示部上。 、圖顯示此時之顯示例。圖21之顯示例中,於親友波卡 拉之角色311的左上方顯*對白框341,其中顯示有「今天 有4件新郵件」的訊息。使用者自該顯示可知自己的信箱内 有4件新郵件。 使用者操作輸入部226之滑鼠,指示讀取郵件時,cpu22i 如圖22所示’自1sp 2讀取’使儲存於波卡拉資料庫10内之 郵件的標題資訊顯示於視窗351上。使用者自如此顯示之郵 件中選擇特定之郵件’進一步可顯示其郵件内容。 使用者自7個圖符中選擇行事曆之圖符321_5時,咖221 進入波卡拉服務飼服器9,要求自波卡拉資料庫_取其親 友波卡拉之使用者的行事曆資訊,並傳輸至個人電腦仏 個人電腦22之CPU 221取得該行事曆資訊時,將其輸出至 輸出邵227之顯示部上使其顯示。因而,如圖23所示,於视 窗361上顯示親友波卡拉之角色3ιι之❹者的行事廢。 84661-941213.doc -35 - 1280495 _井、日錄,l替換頁 '禱物崎一—m|| __ n_ Λ 使用者操作滑鼠,點選顯示於視窗36丨上之行事曆中之特 定曰期時’如圖24所示,當天的行事暦顯示於視窗371上。 該顯示例中顯示有3月1日之行事暦。 使用者自7個圖符中選擇換穿之圖符321 _2時,CPU 221進 入波卡拉服務伺服器9,取得進行親友波卡拉之角色311之 換穿所需的GUI,如圖25所示,使其顯示於視窗381上。使 用者,、、、占選S視^ 3 81之特定按紐時,可使親友波卡拉之角色 3 11換穿喜好的襯衫及長褲。此時穿著的服裝作為參數被記 十思°因此,避免使用者對於作為自己分身之親友波卡拉之 角色3 11感到厭煩。 如以上所述,在對應於步驟S52選出之功能的處理中,係 對應於使用者之選擇而執行各種處理。該處理於後進一步 詳述。 其次,於步騾S53中,CPU 221判定親友波卡拉人偶161 是否自站台23取下。尚未取下時,進入步騾S54,CPU 221 判定是否接收有波卡拉之處理結束。使用者使波卡拉之處 理結束時’自站台23取下親友波卡拉人偶161,或是操作輸 入部226,指示處理結束。 於步驟S 5 4中’判定尚未指示波卡拉處理結束時,處理回 到步騾S51,重複執行其以後之處理。 CPU 221如以每1秒等較短之時間間隔,定期地控制讀寫 器24卜自放置於站台23上之親友波卡拉161之1C晶片171指 示讀取資料,而無法讀取資料時,判定親友波卡拉人偶161 已自站台23取下。 84661-941213.doc -36-The bee daily repair ((more) is replacing the page I to perform the processing corresponding to the mail. Specifically, the CPU 221 controls the communication unit 229' and requests the Pokhara service server 9 to read the mail information. The Pokhara service server 9 When the personal computer 22 instructs to obtain the mail information, or periodically enters the isp 2 (having the function of the mail server) via the Internet periodically at regular intervals, the mail information of the user is read and registered in the Pokhara data. In the library 10. The Pokhara service server 9 reads the mail information registered in the Pokhara database ίο, and transmits it to the personal computer 22 via the Internet 2 via the isp 2, the LAN 21. The CPU 221 makes the corresponding ^ read The image of the mail information is displayed on the display portion of the output SHA 227. The figure shows the display example at this time. In the display example of Fig. 21, the white box 341 is displayed on the upper left of the character 311 of the relative friend Pocara, in which the display is displayed. There is a message "There are 4 new mails today". The user can see that there are 4 new emails in the mailbox. The user operates the mouse of the input unit 226 to instruct the cpu22i as shown in FIG. 'From 1sp 2 The header information of the mail stored in the Pokhara database 10 is displayed on the window 351. The user selects a specific mail from the mail thus displayed to further display the contents of the mail. The user is from 7 icons. When the calendar icon 321_5 is selected, the coffee 221 enters the Pokhara service feeding device 9, and requests the user's calendar information from the Pokhara database to be transmitted to the personal computer/personal computer 22 When the CPU 221 obtains the calendar information, it outputs it to the display unit of the output port 227 and displays it. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 23, the action of the friend and friend Pokola's character 3 ιι is displayed on the window 361. 84661-941213.doc -35 - 1280495 _ well, daily record, l replacement page 'prayer akisaki-m|| __ n_ 使用者 The user operates the mouse and clicks on the specific calendar displayed on the window 36丨At the time of the flood period, as shown in Fig. 24, the calendar of the day is displayed on the window 371. The display example shows the calendar of March 1. The user selects the icon 321 _2 from the seven icons. When the CPU 221 enters the Pokhara service server 9, The GUI required to change the role 311 of the relatives and friends, Pokhara, is displayed on the window 381 as shown in Fig. 25. When the user, , , or the special button of the S view is selected, Change the role of friends and relatives of Pokhara 3 11 into favorite shirts and trousers. At this time, the clothes worn as a parameter are remembered. Therefore, users are not bothered by the role of their relatives, Pokhara, 3 11 . As described above, in the processing corresponding to the function selected in step S52, various processes are executed corresponding to the user's selection. This processing will be described in further detail later. Next, in step S53, the CPU 221 determines whether the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 has been removed from the station 23. When it has not been removed, the process proceeds to step S54, and the CPU 221 determines whether or not the process of receiving the Pokhara is completed. When the user finishes the Pokhara process, the self-station 23 removes the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 or operates the input unit 226 to instruct the processing to end. When it is judged in the step S 5 4 that the Pokhara process has not been instructed to end, the process returns to the step S51, and the subsequent processes are repeatedly executed. The CPU 221 periodically controls the reader/writer 24 to read the data from the 1C wafer 171 of the relative friend Pocara 161 placed on the station 23 at a short time interval such as one second, and determines that the data cannot be read when the data cannot be read. The relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 have been taken off the platform 23. 84661-941213.doc -36-

1280495 判定親友波卡拉人1ΠΓΤΓ已自站台23取下時,或是於步驟 S54中,判定使用者指示波卡拉之處理結束時,於步驟S55 中,CPU 221將公事包資訊之變更履歷傳輸至波卡拉服務伺 服器9。因此,該履歷具有將親友波卡拉人偶161已自站台 23取下,或是使用者指示波卡拉處理結束通知波卡拉服務 伺服器9的功能。該履歷登錄於波卡拉服務伺服器9中(圖29 之步驟S109)。 另外,履歷中包含更新之行事曆、書籤、角色資訊(髮型、 服裝等)與使用者之思考資訊等。此等履歷直接窝入波卡拉 服務伺服器9内時,其更新處理由波卡拉服務伺服器9本身 進行。 再者,於步驟S56中,CPU 221使親友波卡拉之角色311 返回的圖像顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上。 圖2 6與圖2 7顯示此時之顯示例。 圖26之顯示例中,於親友波卡拉之角色311之左上方顯示 有對白框3 91,其中顯示「那麼該回去了」的訊息。而後, 如圖27所示,顯示有出口 4〇1,並動畫顯示親友波卡拉之角 色311自其出口 4〇1返回的圖像。 進行此種顯示時,使用者可立即瞭解親友波卡拉之相關 處理結束。亦即,親友波卡拉人偶16丨自站台23取下時,cpu 21於步驟S54中,執行解除與波卡拉服務伺服器9之連接的 登出處理。 如以上所述,於開始服務時,顯示與人偶相同之波卡拉 (角色)’服務結束時,其顯示即結束,因此使用者可輕易地 84661-941213.doc -37- 1280495 %糊1 4日修替換頁 掌握登入及登出。因而,若使用者於錯誤期間輸入接收服 務所需之操作’即無法利用服務,因此可避免裝置故障與 誤認。 回到圖12 ’於步驟S48中,判定放置於站台23上者並非親 友波卡拉人偶161時(判定為販賣波卡拉人偶丨8丨時),進入步 騾S57’個人電腦22之CPU 221依據步騾S46之處理所接收之 公事包資訊内所含之販賣波卡拉之波卡拉資訊,生成波卡 拉圖像資料,並於構成輸出部227之顯示部上顯示販賣波卡 拉之角色(販賣波卡拉人偶181之虛擬人偶)。亦即,如後述 <圖30至圖32所示,於波卡拉資料庫1〇内登錄有販賣波卡 拉之波卡拉資訊與内容圖像資料,該波卡拉資訊與内容圖 像資料含於認證資訊内,並自波卡拉服務伺服器9送來。該 販賣波卡拉之角色亦形成具有與販賣波卡拉人偶丨81大致 相同之形狀的圖像(使用者可立即瞭解為對應於販賣波卡 拉人偶18 1之虛擬人偶之圖像)。 於步驟S58中,CPU221抽出步驟州之處料接收之公事 包資訊内所含之内容圖像資料(内容利用資訊),依據其内容 圖像資料生成内容圖像,並使其顯示於輸出部⑵之顯示部 上:藉此,對應於使用者購買之販賣波卡拉人偶i8i相關内 容之内容圖像顯示於輸出部227上。該内容圖像中如包含相 關之内容說明及「想下藎誇磁A认 、士 〜卜戟4木曲時,請點選存取按鈕 訊息等。 因而,使用者於取得内容時,係以構成輸入部226之滑鼠 寺操作所顯示之内容圖像中的存取按鈕。 84661-941213.doc -38- 1280495 年^鳴(必正替換頁 CPU221於步騾S59中,在對内容伺服器指示存取(操作存 取按鈕)之前待用,判定為指示對内容伺服器存取時,進入 步騾S60,CPU 221讀取記憶於1C晶片191内之使用條件(圖 11)。而後,於步騾S61中,(:1>1;221判定是否已滿足使用條 件。泫使用條件内如包含内容之使用期限。cpu 221將内藏 之計時器計時之現在日期時間與使用條件内定義之使用期 限比較,判足是否已滿足使用條件。此外,使用條件為定 義最大可使用次數及預付金額時,係判定其值是否為「〇」C 於步驟S61中,判定已滿足使用條件時(如判定現在之日 期時間未達使用期限,且最大可使用次數及預付金額並非 0」時)’進入步騾862,€?11221依據記憶於1(:晶片191之 存取目的地資訊,進入内容伺服器,要求傳輸内容資料。 藉此,如對於圖1所示之内容伺服器6要求傳輸内容資料。 内表伺服咨6依據該要求,經由網際網路丨送來内容資料 (後述之圖33之步驟S123)。因而,於步驟S63中,個人電腦 22之CPU 221經由通信部229接收自内容伺服器6送來之内 各貝料。忒内各資料供給並記憶於記憶部228内。 於步驟S64中,CPU 221將步騾S63處理時接收並記憶之内 各貝料予以解碼,並執行輸出處理。亦即,自内容伺服器6 送來之内容資料經過密碼化處理,而cpu221使用自波卡拉 服務祠服器9取得之許可證資訊(圖32)内所含之密碼鍵,將 該密碼化之内容資科予以解碼。而後,cpu22l經由輸出部 227輸出解碼後獲得之内容資料。 另外,經由網際網路1傳輸密碼化内容與密碼鍵時,有可 84661-941213.doc -39- 1280495 今:.' 能遭第三者盜取,因此,於重現(或複製)内容時,亦可變更 密碼化内容之密碼鍵。 於步驟S65中,CPU 221判定是否已自輸入部226輸入(是 否經使用者指示)結束内容輸出,尚未指示結束内容輸出 時’進入步驟S66,判定販賣波卡拉人偶181是否自站台23 取下。該判定處理與圖13之步騾S53之處理同樣地進行。 於步騾S66中,判定販賣波卡拉人偶i81尚未自站台23取 下時,回到步騾S65,重複執行其以後之處理。 步驟S65之處理,判定為指示結束内容輸出時,或於步驟 S66中,判定販賣波卡拉人偶ι81已自站台23取下時,進入 步驟S67,CPU 221結束内容輸出。 而後,於步·驟S68中,CPU 221控制讀寫器24卜使記憶於 販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片191之使用條件更新。如使用 條件中定義有最大可使用次數(可重現次數)時,其值僅減少 1。如最大可使用次數定義為20次等時,其值減少i,當其 值為「0」時,即無法再使用(重現)。 其次,於步驟S69中,CPU 221於記憶於販賣波卡拉人偶 181内之1C晶片191之預付金額為每次使用内容即扣除之系 統時,以僅減去特定金額(僅對應於1次重現部分之金額)之 方式更新其預付金額。步驟S68與S69之處理,亦可僅進行 任何一方之處理。 於步騾S70中,CPU 221與圖13之步驟S56同樣地,使販賣 波卡拉之角色返回之圖像顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上。藉 此,因自站台23取下販賣波卡拉人偶181,並指示結束内容 84661-941213.doc -40- 12804951280495 When it is determined that the relatives and friends of the Pokhara 1 have been removed from the station 23, or if it is determined in step S54 that the user has instructed the processing of the Pokhara, the CPU 221 transmits the change history of the briefcase information to the wave in step S55. Cara service server 9. Therefore, the history has the function of removing the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 from the station 23, or the user instructing the completion of the Pokhara processing to notify the Pokhara service server 9. This history is registered in the Pokhara service server 9 (step S109 of Fig. 29). In addition, the resume includes updated calendars, bookmarks, character information (hair styles, clothing, etc.) and user thinking information. When these resumes are directly inserted into the Pokhara service server 9, the update processing is performed by the Pokhara service server 9 itself. Furthermore, in step S56, the CPU 221 causes the image returned by the character 311 of the relative friend Pocara to be displayed on the display unit of the output unit 227. Fig. 2 6 and Fig. 27 show an example of display at this time. In the display example of Fig. 26, a dialog box 3 91 is displayed on the upper left of the character 311 of the relatives and friends, and the message "There is a return" is displayed. Then, as shown in Fig. 27, an exit 4〇1 is displayed, and an image of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara 311 from its exit 4〇1 is animated. When such a display is performed, the user can immediately understand the end of the related processing of the relatives and friends Pokhara. That is, when the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 16 are removed from the station 23, the CPU 21 executes the logout process for releasing the connection with the Pokhara service server 9 in step S54. As described above, when the service starts, the same as the Pokhara (character) service is displayed, the display ends, so the user can easily 84461-941213.doc -37 - 1280495% paste 1 4 The daily repair page is used to log in and log out. Therefore, if the user inputs the operation required to receive the service during the error period, the service cannot be utilized, so that the device malfunction and misidentification can be avoided. Referring back to Fig. 12, in step S48, it is determined that the person placed on the station 23 is not the relative friend Pokara figure 161 (when it is determined that the Pokhara figure is 8), and the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 is entered in step S57. The Pokhara image data is generated according to the Pokhara information contained in the briefcase information received by the processing of step S46, and the character of the Pokhara is displayed on the display portion constituting the output unit 227 (selling wave) The virtual doll of the Kara doll 181). That is, as shown in the following <Fig. 30 to Fig. 32, the Pokhara information and the content image data of the Pokhara are registered in the Pokhara database, and the Pokhara information and the content image data are included in the authentication. In the information, and sent from the Pokhara service server 9. The character of the sale of Pokhara also forms an image having substantially the same shape as the sale of the Pokhara figure 81 (the user can immediately understand the image corresponding to the virtual doll that sells the Pocara 18 1). In step S58, the CPU 221 extracts the content image data (content utilization information) contained in the briefcase information received by the step state, and generates a content image based on the content image data, and displays the content image in the output unit (2). On the display unit: by this, the content image corresponding to the content of the Pokola i8i related content purchased by the user is displayed on the output unit 227. If the content image contains the relevant content description and "When you want to sing the accompaniment, the singer, the singer, the singer, and the singer, please click the button information." The access button in the content image displayed by the mouse temple operation of the input unit 226. 84661-941213.doc -38- 1280495 year ^Ming (must replace the page CPU221 in step S59, in the content server When the access (operation access button) is instructed to be used, and it is determined that the access to the content server is instructed, the process proceeds to step S60, and the CPU 221 reads the use condition stored in the 1C wafer 191 (FIG. 11). In step S61, (:1>1; 221 determines whether the use condition has been met. 如 The use condition includes the use term of the content. The cpu 221 uses the built-in timer to count the current date and time and use within the use condition. If the use condition is to define the maximum usable number of times and the prepaid amount, it is determined whether the value is "〇" or not, in step S61, when it is determined that the use condition is satisfied (for example, Today If the period of time is less than the expiration date, and the maximum number of times of use and the amount of prepaid amount is not 0"), go to step 862, €11221 according to the access destination information stored in 1 (: the access destination of the chip 191, enter the content server, request The content data is transmitted. Therefore, the content server 6 is required to transmit the content data. The internal server servo 6 sends the content data via the Internet according to the request (step S123 of FIG. 33 to be described later). Therefore, in step S63, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 receives the contents sent from the content server 6 via the communication unit 229. The data in the magazine is supplied and stored in the memory unit 228. In step S64, The CPU 221 decodes each of the bedding materials received and memorized in the processing of step S63, and performs output processing. That is, the content data sent from the content server 6 is subjected to cryptographic processing, and the cpu 221 uses the self-polca service. The password key included in the license information (Fig. 32) acquired by the server 9 decodes the encrypted content content, and then the CPU 22 outputs the decoded content data via the output unit 227. When the encrypted content and password key are transmitted by Internet 1, there are 84461-941213.doc -39- 1280495. Today: .. can be stolen by a third party. Therefore, when reproducing (or copying) content, The password key of the encrypted content can be changed. In step S65, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the content output has been input from the input unit 226 (whether or not the user has instructed), and when the content output has not been instructed, the process proceeds to step S66 to determine the sale of Pokhara. Whether or not the figure 181 is removed from the station 23. This determination process is performed in the same manner as the process of step S53 of Fig. 13 . In step S66, when it is determined that the sale of the Pokhara i81 has not been removed from the station 23, the process returns to step S65, and the subsequent processing is repeated. When the process of step S65 is determined to indicate that the content output is to be ended, or if it is determined in step S66 that the sale of the Pokola figure ι 81 has been removed from the station 23, the process proceeds to step S67, and the CPU 221 ends the content output. Then, in step S68, the CPU 221 controls the reader/writer 24 to update the use condition of the 1C chip 191 stored in the Pokola figure 181. If the maximum number of uses (reproducible times) is defined in the usage condition, its value is only reduced by 1. If the maximum usable number is defined as 20 equals, the value is reduced by i, and when the value is "0", it can no longer be used (reproduced). Next, in step S69, the CPU 221 calculates the prepaid amount of the 1C chip 191 in the Pokola figure 181 as the system for deducting each use content, and subtracts only the specific amount (only corresponding to 1 time) The current portion of the amount) is updated in advance. The processing of steps S68 and S69 may be performed by only one of them. In step S70, the CPU 221 displays an image for returning the character of the Pokhara to the display unit of the output unit 227, similarly to step S56 of Fig. 13 . By this, the Pokola figure 181 was taken off from the station 23, and the end of the instruction was 84661-941213.doc -40- 1280495

輪出’因此使用者可立即瞭解内容輸出結束。 於步驟S61中,判定尚未滿足使用條件時(超過使用期限 時、使用次數達到最大可使用次數時或預付金額為「0」 時),進入步驟S71,CPU 221生成特定之訊息,並顯示於輸 出邵227之顯示部上。藉此,如達到重現次數所允許之次數 時,即顯示「内容已重現N次。還需要利用内容時,須重新 支付金額。」之訊息。使用者依據該訊息之顯示,進一步 想利用内容時,即操作輸入部226,指示更新使用條件。 因而,於步驟S72中,CPU 221判定是否要求更新使用條 件’判定已要求更新使用條件時,於步騾S73中,CPU 221 依據公事包資訊之内容資訊内所含之存取目的地資訊(圖 18),經由網際網路1進入内容伺服器6。於步騾S74中,CPU 221對内容祠服器6要求作為使用條件之最大可使用次數與 預付金額之更新。内容伺服器6依據該要求,其使用者雖為 可結算之使用者,不過,獲得波卡拉服務伺服器9通知時, 係對個人電腦22傳輸更新資料(圖33之步驟S127)。 因而,於步騾S75中,CPU 221判定是否自内容伺服器6 送來更新資料,已送來時,進入步騾S76,接收自内容伺服 器6送來之更新資料,並經由讀寫器2“將其資料供給至工^ 晶片191,使最大可使用次數與預付金額更新。 如此,使用者藉由要求更新最大可使用次數與預付金 額’利用其販賣波卡拉人偶181,可無數次利用内容。 另外,如後述,進行預付金額之更新時,波卡拉服務伺 服器9依據來自内容伺服器6之要求(圖33之步驟S125),對使 84661-941213.doc 41 - 1280495 Γ 缭αί正#換頁丨 用者執行收費處理(圖28之步驟S105)。 於步騾S75中,判定尚未送來更新資料時,進入步驟S77 執行錯誤處理。 亦即’波卡拉服務伺服器9減使用其販賣波卡拉人偶 181之使用者,因銀行帳戶存款不足等原因,而為無法進行 預付金額結算之使用者時’内容伺服器6即對個人電腦22通 知錯誤訊息(圖33之步驟S128)。此時,CPU221由於尚未送 來更新資料,因此執行錯誤處理。具體而言,cpu22i係使 輸出部227之顯示部上顯示如「無法利用内容」之訊阜。 於步驟S72中,判定使用者未要求更新使用條件時,即跳 過步騾S73至步騾S77之處理。 另外,亦可將内藏1C晶片之信用卡放置於站台上,自其 信用卡結算預付金額。 其;人’參知圖2 8與圖2 9之流程圖’說明對應於以上之圖 12至圖16之流程圖所示之個人電腦22處理而執行之波卡拉 服務伺服器9的處理。 於步驟S91中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121判定是否自 個人電腦22取得波卡拉ID,判定尚未取得時,進入步驟 S108,判定是否接收波卡拉之履歷。於步騾81〇8中,判定 尚未接收波卡拉之履歷時,進入步驟s 11 〇,CPU 121判定是 否自内谷伺服益6接收結鼻要求’判定尚未接收結算要求 時,回到步驟S91,重複執行其以後之處理。 於步驟S91中,判定取得波卡拉ID時,CPU 121進入步·驟 S92,自波卡拉資料庫10檢索自個人電腦22取得之(在圖12 84661-941213.doc -42- 1280495 年^丹替換頁 之步騾S43處理時,自個人電腦22傳輸之)波卡拉ID。 波卡拉資料庫10内,如圖3〇至圖32所示,記憶有使用者 資訊與波卡拉資訊。使用者資訊(圖30)内除記錄有:識別使 用者之使用者ID、使用者姓名、住址、出生日期、性別、 電話號碼、傳真號碼、郵件網址、登錄其使用者之登錄日 期等之外,還記錄有使用者之信用卡號、銀行帳戶號碼等。 波卡拉資訊内包含:親友波卡拉之波卡拉資訊(圖3 ”與販 賣波卡拉之波卡拉(圖32)。 親友波卡拉之波卡拉資訊内包含:其使用者具有之親友 波卡拉人偶之波卡拉ID、使用者10、顯示其波卡拉為親友 波卡拉或販賣波卡拉之親友波卡拉旗標,或是有關其 拉之服裝之參數等顯示其波卡拉較需之波卡拉的 資 料等。 ” 波卡拉資訊進-步亦登錄有親友波卡拉具有纟各種功能 相關資訊。圖31之例中記憶有:郵件資訊、行事曆資訊把 喜好資訊、工作資訊、快取資訊、搜尋資訊等。^件^訊 記憶有料送達其使用者之郵件,或是迄今其使用者^ 之郵件等。 1 者現在及過去之行事曆、 該行事曆内亦記錄有波卡 行事麼貝訊内f己錄有:其使用 及使用者輸入之備忘錄。此外, 拉執行之各種事件資訊等。 吾好為訊内記憶使用者附加書籤之首頁的等 =:内登錄有使用者本身保持之終端(硬體),藉 先’旦錄而可接受之服務相關資訊 、 π貝矾中耶1己憶有 84661-941213.doc -43-Round out' so the user can immediately understand the end of the content output. When it is determined in step S61 that the use condition has not been satisfied (when the usage period expires, the number of uses reaches the maximum usable number, or the prepaid amount is "0"), the process proceeds to step S71, and the CPU 221 generates a specific message and displays it on the output. On the display section of Shao 227. In this way, if the number of times the number of reproductions is allowed is reached, the message "The content has been reproduced N times. When the content needs to be used, the amount must be re-paid." When the user further intends to use the content based on the display of the message, the operation input unit 226 instructs to update the use condition. Therefore, in step S72, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the update of the use condition 'determination has been requested to update the use condition, in step S73, the CPU 221 according to the access destination information contained in the content information of the briefcase information (Fig. 18) Entering the content server 6 via the Internet 1. In step S74, the CPU 221 requests the content server 6 to update the maximum usable number of use conditions and the prepaid amount. The content server 6 is a user who can be settled according to the request. However, when the Pokhara service server 9 is notified, the update data is transmitted to the personal computer 22 (step S127 of Fig. 33). Therefore, in step S75, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the update data has been sent from the content server 6, and when it has been sent, proceeds to step S76, receives the update data sent from the content server 6, and passes through the reader/writer 2 "Providing its data to the work chip 191, so that the maximum number of uses can be updated with the prepaid amount. Thus, the user can use the Pokal figure 181 by using the maximum number of available times and the prepaid amount to use it. Further, as will be described later, when the prepaid amount is updated, the Pokhara service server 9 makes 84461-941213.doc 41 - 1280495 缭 ίαί positive according to the request from the content server 6 (step S125 of Fig. 33). The page changer performs the charge process (step S105 of Fig. 28). If it is determined in step S75 that the update data has not been sent, the process proceeds to step S77 to execute the error process. That is, the 'Pokhara service server 9 uses the sale. The user of the Pokhara doll 181, because the bank account deposit is insufficient, and the user is unable to perform the prepaid amount settlement, the content server 6 notifies the personal computer 22 of the error message. Step 33 of S128). At this time, CPU221 has not sent due to update the data, so error processing is performed. Specifically, cpu22i Department of the display portion of the display on the output unit 227, such as "can not use the content" of news Fu. In step S72, it is determined that the user has not requested to update the use condition, that is, the process from step S73 to step S77 is skipped. Alternatively, a credit card with a built-in 1C chip can be placed on the platform to settle the prepaid amount from its credit card. The processing of the Pokhara service server 9 executed by the personal computer 22 shown in the flowcharts of Figs. 12 to 16 above is explained by the person's knowledge of the flowcharts of Fig. 28 and Fig. 29. In step S91, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 determines whether or not the Pokhara ID has been acquired from the personal computer 22, and if it is determined that it has not been acquired, the process proceeds to step S108, and it is determined whether or not the history of the Pokhara is received. In step 骡81〇8, when it is determined that the history of the karaoke has not been received, the process proceeds to step s11 〇, and the CPU 121 determines whether or not the receiving nose request is determined from the inner valley servo benefit 6 to determine that the settlement request has not been received, and returns to step S91. Repeat the subsequent processing. When it is determined in step S91 that the Pokhara ID is acquired, the CPU 121 proceeds to step S92 and retrieves it from the Pokhara database 10 from the personal computer 22 (in FIG. 12 84661-941213.doc -42 - 1280495 The Pokhara ID transmitted from the personal computer 22 when the page is processed by S43. In the Pokhara database 10, as shown in Figs. 3A to 32, user information and Pokhara information are memorized. In the user information (Fig. 30), in addition to the user ID, user name, address, date of birth, gender, telephone number, fax number, email address, login date of the user, etc. The user's credit card number, bank account number, etc. are also recorded. Pokhara contains: Pokhara's Pokhara information (Figure 3) and Pokhara's Pokhara (Figure 32). The relatives and friends of Pokhara's Pokhara include: their users have friends and relatives of Pokhara Pokhara ID, user 10, showing its Pokhara as a relative friend Pokhara or selling Pokhara's relatives and friends Pokhara flag, or the parameters of the clothing they are pulling, etc., showing the information of Pokhara, which is more needed for Pokhara. Pokhara Information is also registered with friends and relatives. Pokhara has various functions related information. In the example of Figure 31, there are: mail information, calendar information, favorite information, job information, cache information, search information, etc. ^ The message is sent to the user's mail, or the user's email so far. 1 The current and past calendars, the calendar also recorded the Boca action. : Memorandum for use and user input. In addition, pull various event information for execution, etc. I am going to add a bookmark to the home page of the in-memory user. The terminal (hardware), the information related to the service that can be accepted by the first record, π 矾 矾 中 耶 耶 recalled 84661-941213.doc -43-

1280495 使用者暫存之資料。 快取資訊内登錄有親友波卡拉分析其使用者之思考,自 行收集之建議内容。 搜尋資訊内記錄··檢索引擎及使用者指示預先檢索之販 賣波卡拉相關資訊。 波卡拉資訊還登錄有表示親友波卡拉之角色實際顯示於 網路上之特定裝置之位置的現在位置。藉此,可防止親友 波卡拉之角色在網路上之裝置中同時顯示於兩個以上的位 置(實現顯示之排他性)。換言之,可避免其他使用者利用冒 充真正使用者之親友波卡拉人偶161之其他親友波卡拉人 偶,來盎取使用者之資訊。亦即,波卡拉服務伺服器9於自 現在位置以外傳輸有親友波卡拉11}時,執行錯誤處理。因 而在網路上之裝置内僅顯示一個親友波卡拉之角色。 此外,可防止因同時自兩個以上裝置對波卡拉服務伺服 w 9進行存取成資料的不整合。換言之,藉由一個波卡拉 可往返於數個裝置,可使使用者立即瞭解排他性存取。 波卡拉資訊内亦記錄:其使用者取得之内容資訊及使用 其内各時所需之許可證資訊等。内容資訊内亦包含··識別 内容之内容ID及存取其内容所需之存取資訊等。許可證資 訊内記錄:識別許可證之許可證ID、將密碼化之内容予以 解碼《密碼鍵及取得許可證時進入之許可證伺服器之網址 等資訊。 販買波卡拉之波卡拉資訊(圖32)内包含:波卡拉m、親友 波卡扭旗標、角色資訊、内容資訊、許可證資訊及内容利 84661-941213.doc -44-1280495 User temporary data. In the cache information, there is a friend and friend Pokhara who analyzes the user's thoughts and collects the suggestions. Search for information in the information. · Search engine and user instructions to pre-search for the sale of Pokhara related information. Pokhara is also registered with the current location indicating the location of the specific device that the relatives and friends of Pokhara actually display on the network. In this way, the role of relatives and friends, Pokhara, can be prevented from being displayed at more than two locations (implementation of display exclusivity) in the device on the network. In other words, it is possible to prevent other users from taking advantage of the Pokal figure of other relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161, who is a friend of the real user. That is, when the Pokhara service server 9 transmits a friend Pokhara 11} from outside the current position, error processing is performed. Therefore, only one friend and friend Pokhara is displayed in the device on the network. In addition, it is possible to prevent unconformity of data access to the Pokhara service servo w 9 from two or more devices at the same time. In other words, the user can immediately understand the exclusive access by means of a Pokhara to and from several devices. Pokhara Information also records: the content information obtained by its users and the license information required to use it at all times. The content information also includes the content ID of the content and the access information required to access the content. Record in the license information: Identify the license ID of the license, and decode the encrypted content, such as the password key and the URL of the license server that was entered when the license was obtained. Buying Pokhara's Pokhara information (Figure 32) contains: Pokhara m, relatives and friends, Poka twist flag, role information, content information, license information and content. 84661-941213.doc -44-

1280495 用資訊。 CPU 121於步驟S93中判定步驟S92中檢索之結果及波卡 拉ID是否登錄於波卡拉資料庫丨〇内。波卡拉ID尚未登錄 時,進入步驟S94,CPU 121判定取得之波卡拉id是否為親 友波卡拉之ID。如上所述,該判定可自親友波卡拉旗標進 行。 判定波卡拉ID為親友波卡拉之ID時,進入步驟S95,CPU 121自波卡拉資料庫10讀取波卡拉資訊(圖31)。 於步驟S96中,CPU 121自記憶於讀取之波卡拉資訊内之 親友波卡拉的現在位置,判定親友波卡拉之現在位置是否 在波卡拉服務伺服器9内。判定親友波卡拉之現在位置在波 卡拉服務伺服器9内時,進入步驟S103,CPU 121傳輸錯誤 資訊至個人電腦22。 亦即,此時,儘管親友波卡拉之現在位置在波卡拉服務 伺服器9内,由於自其他裝置有依據親友波卡拉人偶16}之 存取,所以可能為冒充存取。因此,於此種情況下係進行 錯誤處理。 於步騾S96中,判定親友波卡拉之現在位置不在波卡拉服 務伺服器9内時,進入步驟S97,CPU 121自波卡拉資料庫1〇 讀取公事包資訊。而後,於步騾S98中,CPU 121將讀取之 公事包資訊傳輸至個人電腦22。 於步驟S99中,CPU 121判定是否已接收波卡拉到達資 訊。如上所述,個人電腦22接收公事包資訊時,送來波卡 拉到達資訊(圖12之步騾S47)。步騾S98之處理時,儘管已傳 84661-941213.doc -45- 1280495 年>1 L梦1正替換頁 輸公事包資訊,但是尚未接收波卡拉到達信號時,判斷可 能發生異常狀態。因此進入步•驟S103,經由CPU 121將錯誤 資訊傳輸至個人電腦22。 反之,於步驟S99中,判斷收到波卡拉到達信號時,則進 入步.驟S100, CPU 121將親友波卡拉之現在位置作為在個人 電腦22上,而登錄(更新)於波卡拉資料庫10内,亦即,由於 現在親友波卡拉到達個人電腦22,因此將親友波卡拉之現 在位置作為個人電腦22來登錄。 如上所述,個人電腦22之使用者選擇其親友波卡拉之角 色3 11具有之功能中的一個功能時,其選出之波卡拉之功能 相關資訊自個人電腦22送來(圖13之步驟S52)。 於步騾S101中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu 121判定是否 選擇有親友波卡拉之角色3 11之功能,判定已選擇時,進入 步驟S102,執行對應於其選出功能之處理。藉此,如選出 郵件相關功能時,作為郵件資訊而登錄之資訊傳輸至個人 電腦22。選出行事暦相關功能時,登錄之行事曆相關資訊 傳輸至個人電腦22。 於步騾S101中,判定尚未選擇波卡拉之功能時,跳過步 驟S102之處理,處理回到步·驟S91,重複執行其以後之處理。 於步騾S94中,判定取得之波卡拉ID並非親友波卡拉人偶 161之id時(判定為販賣波卡拉人偶之①時),進入步驟 Sl〇4,CPU 121通知對應於其販賣波卡拉人偶之伺服器(為 對應於上述之販賣波卡拉人偶181之ID時,為内容伺服器 6)。如後述,内容伺服器6收到來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之 84661-941213.doc -46- 1280495 9i 12)1280495 Information. The CPU 121 determines in step S93 whether the result of the search in step S92 and the Pocara ID are registered in the Pokhara database. When the Pokhara ID has not been registered, the process proceeds to step S94, and the CPU 121 determines whether or not the obtained Pokhara id is the ID of the relative friend Pokhara. As described above, this determination can be made from the relatives and friends of the Pokhara flag. When it is determined that the Pokhara ID is the ID of the relative friend Pokhara, the process proceeds to step S95, and the CPU 121 reads the Pokhara information from the Pokhara database 10 (Fig. 31). In step S96, the CPU 121 determines whether the current location of the relative friend Pocara is in the Pokhara service server 9 by memorizing the current position of the relative friend Pokara in the read Pokhara information. When it is determined that the current location of the relative friend Pokhara is within the Pokhara service server 9, the process proceeds to step S103, and the CPU 121 transmits the error information to the personal computer 22. That is, at this time, although the relative position of the relatives and friends Pokhara is in the Pokhara service server 9, since other devices have access based on the relatives and friends of the Pokhara puppets 16}, it is possible to impersonate access. Therefore, in this case, error handling is performed. In step S96, when it is determined that the current location of the relative friend Pokara is not in the Pokhara service server 9, the process proceeds to step S97, and the CPU 121 reads the briefcase information from the Pokhara database. Then, in step S98, the CPU 121 transmits the read briefcase information to the personal computer 22. In step S99, the CPU 121 determines whether or not the Pokhara arrival message has been received. As described above, when the personal computer 22 receives the briefcase information, it sends the Pocara arrival information (step S47 of Fig. 12). When the processing of step S98 is performed, although it has been transmitted 84661-941213.doc -45-1280495>1 L Dream 1 is replacing the page information, but the Pokal arrival signal has not been received, it is judged that an abnormal state may occur. Therefore, the flow proceeds to step S103, and the error information is transmitted to the personal computer 22 via the CPU 121. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S99 that the Pokhara arrival signal is received, the process proceeds to step S100, and the CPU 121 registers the current location of the relative friend Pokhara on the personal computer 22, and registers (updates) the Pokhara database 10 Inside, that is, since the relative friend Pokhara arrives at the personal computer 22, the current location of the relative friend Pokhara is registered as the personal computer 22. As described above, when the user of the personal computer 22 selects one of the functions of the role of the friend Pokola 3 11 , the function related information of the selected Pokhara is sent from the personal computer 22 (step S52 of FIG. 13). . In step S101, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 determines whether or not the function of the character 3 of the relatives and friends is selected, and if it is determined that the selection has been made, the process proceeds to step S102, and the process corresponding to the selection function is executed. Thereby, when the mail related function is selected, the information registered as the mail information is transmitted to the personal computer 22. When the calendar related function is selected, the information related to the calendar of the login is transmitted to the personal computer 22. In step S101, when it is determined that the function of Pocla has not been selected, the processing of step S102 is skipped, the processing returns to step S91, and the subsequent processing is repeatedly executed. In step S94, when it is determined that the acquired Pokhara ID is not the id of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 (when it is determined to sell the Pokhara figure 1), the process proceeds to step S1, and the CPU 121 notifies that it is corresponding to the sale of Pokhara. The server of the doll (which is the content server 6 when it corresponds to the ID of the above-mentioned Pokola figure 181). As will be described later, the content server 6 receives 84661-941213.doc -46 - 1280495 9i 12 from the Pokhara service server 9)

该通知時,進一步收到個人電腦22要求傳輸内容資料時, 邊取内么資料’並執行傳輸至個人電腦22之處理(後述之圖 33之步驟S121至步騾S123)。 另外’波卡拉服務伺服器9亦進行對應於各種内容提供者 或服務提供者提供之内容或服務之販賣波卡拉人偶的相關 管理,如圖32所示,波卡拉資料庫1〇内登錄有:作為顯示 對應於全邵販賣波卡拉人偶丨8丨之虛擬販賣波卡拉人偶之 角色時所需之波卡拉資訊之波卡拉ID、顯示附隨内容1〇指 定之内容之内容圖像(如内容為特定歌手之樂曲的聲頻資 料時,為樂曲之名稱、歌詞、歌手之影像)時所需之内容圖 像資料(内容利用資訊)、内容資訊等。該内容資訊中,於使 用者送來其販賣波卡拉ID時,包含通知已有來自使用者之 存取之存取目的地(網路上之網址)。cpu 121對該存取目的 地(通知目的地)進行通知。 其次,於步驟S105中,CPU 121執行收費處理。亦即,該 系統中,使用者將販賣波卡拉人偶181放置於站台23上,接 文特足服務之提供時,支付此時接受其服務之提供的代價。 具體而言,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu 121經由通信部 129’進入收費伺服器13,要求對其使用者之信用卡號或銀 行帳戶號碼實施收費處理。收費伺服器13依據該要求執行 特定金額之收費處理。 如此,波卡拉服務伺服器9之管理者可依據使用者利用販 買波卡拉人偶1 8 1來提高收益。 另外,該收費處理亦可不對使用者進行,而對販賣販啬 84661-941213.doc -47- 1280495At the time of the notification, when the personal computer 22 requests the transmission of the content data, the data is taken and the transmission to the personal computer 22 is performed (step S121 to step S123 of Fig. 33 which will be described later). In addition, the 'Pokhara Service Server 9 also performs related management of the Pokhara dolls corresponding to the content or services provided by various content providers or service providers. As shown in FIG. 32, the Pokhara database is registered in the database. The Pokhara ID of the Pokhara information required to display the character of the Pokhara figure corresponding to the virtual sale of the Pokhara figure of the Pokhara Puppet, and the display of the content image of the content specified in the content ( For example, when the content is the audio material of a particular singer's music, the content image data (content utilization information), content information, etc. required for the name of the music piece, the lyrics, and the image of the singer. In the content information, when the user sends the Pokhara ID to the user, the notification includes the access destination (web address on the Internet) that has been accessed from the user. The cpu 121 notifies the access destination (notification destination). Next, in step S105, the CPU 121 executes the charging process. That is, in the system, the user places the Pokola figure 181 on the station 23, and pays for the offer of the service at this time when the service is provided. Specifically, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 enters the charging server 13 via the communication unit 129', and is required to perform charging processing for the credit card number or the bank account number of the user. The charging server 13 performs a charge processing of a specific amount in accordance with the request. In this way, the manager of the Pokhara Service Server 9 can increase the revenue according to the user's use of the Pokhara figure 181. In addition, the charge processing may not be carried out to the user, but the sale of the seller 84661-941213.doc -47- 1280495

( I 觀.这1!户修声)正替換頁丨 波卡拉人偶1 8 1之管理者進行。 其次,於步驟S106中,CPU 121自波卡拉資料庫10讀取販 買波卡拉之公事包資訊(圖18),於步驟§1〇7中,將其公事包 資訊傳輸至個人電腦22。 步驟S107之處理後,處理回到步騾S9丨,重複執行其以後 之處理。 另外,如販賣波卡拉人偶181為占卜相關之波卡拉人偶 時,而其占卜内容之資料量並不多時,圖18之公事包資訊 内,亦保存有占卜之内容資料,於叫出波卡拉時,亦可與 波卡拉之角色同時顯示其内容之資料。 於步.驟S108中,CPU 121判定收到波卡拉之履歷時,進入 步驟S109,並執行將波卡拉之履歷登錄(更新)於波卡拉資料 庫1 〇内之處理。而後,處理回到步騾S91,重複執行其以後 之處理。 如此’如圖13之步驟S55之處理,自個人電腦22送來波卡 拉之履歷時,係依據其履歷更新波卡拉資料庫丨〇。 於步驟S110中,判定自内容伺服器6收到要求結算(後述 之圖33之步騾S125之處理)時,進入步驟sill,CPU 121對 内容伺服器6要求之使用者進行結算處理。具體而言,cpu 121就登錄於波卡拉資料庫1〇之使用者資訊(圖3〇)之其使用 者之信用卡號或銀行帳戶號碼,調查過去是否存在無法結 算之情事。而後,於步驟S112中,CPU 121將其調查結果(結 算結果)通知内容伺服器6。 而後,處理回到步騾S91,重複執行其以後之處理。 84661-941213.doc -48- 1280495 其次’參照圖33之流程圖,說明使用者將販賣波卡拉人 偶181放置於站台23上,接受内容提供時之内容伺服器6的 處理。 内容伺服器6之CPU 121於步騾S121中,判定是否經由通 信部129 ’自波卡拉服務伺服器9收到有來自個人電腦22之 存取通知(圖28之步驟S104中傳輸之通知)。判定自波卡拉服 務伺服器9收到通知時,進入步騾s 124,CPU 121判定是否 自個人電腦22收到預付金額(或最大可使用次數)之更新要 求(圖16之步驟S74)。CPU 121判定尚未收到預付金額(或最 大可使用次數)之更新要求時,結束處理。 步驟S121中,CPU 121判定已自波卡拉服務伺服器9收到 通知時,進入步驟S122,判定是否收到來自記述於其通知 之個人電腦22之内容資料的傳輸要求(圖14之步騾S62)。收 到來自個人電腦22之内容資料之傳輸要求時,進入步费 S123,CPU 121讀取記憶於記憶部128内經密碼化之内容資 料,並自通信部129傳輸至個人電腦22。 另外,該内容資料亦可以預先密碼化之狀態記憶於記憶 邵128内,不過,亦可於傳輸時予以密碼化。 步驟S121中取得之來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之通知,須包 含指定内容之資訊。該資訊亦可為内容ID,不過内容與貝反 賣波卡拉人偶181為一對一地對應時,亦可為波卡拉m。 於步驟S122中,判定尚未收到來自個人電腦22之内容資 料的傳輸要求時,跳過步騾S123的處理。 亦即’即使自波卡拉服務伺服器9收到通知,然而,記塊 84661-941213.doc -49- 1280495 年更)止替換頁] i .X 一,…一·Λ'一師一…一^ f k,.J. 於其通知之個人電腦22之使用者並未要求傳輸内容資料 時,不進行内容資料的傳輸。 於步騾S124中,判定自個人電腦22收到預付金額(或最大 可使用次數)之更新要求時,進入步驟S125,cpu 121對波 卡拉服務伺服器9要求結算。波卡拉服務伺服器9依據該要 求’對利用販賣波卡拉人偶181之使用者進行結算處理,並 將其結算結果通知内容伺服器6(上述圖29之步騾S丨i工, S112) 〇 於步驟S126中,内容伺服器6之CPlJ 121依據步驟S125之 要求及自波卡拉服務伺服器9送來之通知,判定結算是否 OK。結算〇Κ時,進入步騾S127,CPU 121對個人電腦22傳 輸更新預付金額(或最大可使用次數)用之更新資料。如上所 述’個人電腦22依據該更新資料更新販賣波卡拉人偶18 i之 1C晶片191之預付金額(或最大可使用次數κ圖16之步驟 S76)。藉此,使用者可再度利用内容。 於步騾S126中,來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之通知表示結算 並非OK時,進入步騾si28,CPU 121執行錯誤處理。亦即, 此時CPU 121對個人電腦22輸出無法提供内容之訊息。使用 者藉此可瞭解無法更新預付金額(或最大可使用次數)。該訊 息於圖16之步驟S76中,顯示於個人電腦22上。 其次’說明於站台23上放置親友波卡拉人偶161,使用者 自内容伺服器7取得内容,自許可證伺服器8取得使用其内 容時所需之許可證之處理。該處理係執行對應於圖13之步 騾S52中選出之功能的一個處理。亦即,該處理係於使用者 84661-941213.doc -50- 1280495 H ΐι修(^)正替換頁 、·_ —*.··ί.*«μμ«**·».··«. νιικιι·,' 自親友波卡拉之角色311具有之功能中選擇内容取得處理 之功能時開始。 於步騾S131中,個人電腦22之CPU 221進入内容伺服器7 内’要求傳輸内容。使用者依需要檢查進入之網址。 如後述,内容伺服器7對進來之個人電腦22附加内容①與 彳可證ID,並傳輸内容資料(後述之圖35之步驟S142)。因 而’於步騾S132中,個人電腦22之CPU 221自内容伺服器7, 接收經由網際網路丨送來之内容資料時,於步騾3133中,將 其内容資料供給並記憶於記憶部228内。 其次,於步驟S134中,CPU221將識別目前取得之内容之 内容ID ;存取記憶之内容資料用之存取資訊(為自記憶部 228讀取内容資料所需之資訊);及對目前取得之内容發行 冲可祖之泎可證伺服器(為圖丨之系統時,係許可證祠服器 8)之網路上之網址(該網址自内容伺服器7附隨於内容資料 送來)傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 内容伺服器7對應於個人電腦22之此種存取,執行圖35之 流程圖所示的處理。 亦即,於步驟S141中,内容伺服器7之CPU 121自個人電 腦22接受存取時,於步騾8142中,讀取記憶於記憶部128之 内容資料’並傳輸至個人電腦22。此時,CPU 121同時傳輸 内容ID與識別使用其内容時所需之許可證之許可證⑴。另 外,該内容資料亦予以密碼化。 此外,波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於個人電腦22之圖34之步 驟S13 4之處理’執行圖3 6之流程圖所示的處理。 84661-941213.doc -51(I. This 1! 修修声) is replacing the page 管理者 The manager of the Pokhara doll 1 8 1 is carried out. Next, in step S106, the CPU 121 reads the information of the business bag of the Pokhara (Fig. 18) from the Pokhara database 10, and transmits the information of the briefcase to the personal computer 22 in step §1〇7. After the processing of step S107, the processing returns to step S9, and the subsequent processing is repeatedly executed. In addition, if the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 is a divination-related Pokhara figure, and the amount of information on the divination content is not large, the information on the divination in the briefcase information of Figure 18 is also kept. In Pokhara, the content of the content can also be displayed simultaneously with the role of Pokhara. In step S108, when the CPU 121 determines that the history of the Pocla is received, the process proceeds to step S109, and the process of registering (updating) the history of the Pokhara in the Pokhara database 1 is executed. Then, the process returns to step S91, and the subsequent processing is repeated. Thus, when the history of the Pokhara is sent from the personal computer 22 as shown in step S55 of Fig. 13, the Pokhara database is updated based on the resume. When it is determined in step S110 that the request settlement (the process of step S125 of Fig. 33 to be described later) is received from the content server 6, the process proceeds to step sill, and the CPU 121 performs settlement processing on the user requested by the content server 6. Specifically, the cpu 121 logs in the user's credit card number or bank account number of the user information (Fig. 3A) of the Pokhara database to investigate whether there is any unsolvable situation in the past. Then, in step S112, the CPU 121 notifies the content server 6 of its investigation result (the result of the settlement). Then, the process returns to step S91, and the subsequent processes are repeatedly executed. 84661-941213.doc -48- 1280495 Next, with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 33, a description will be given of a process in which the user places the Pokhara figure 181 on the station 23 and accepts the content server 6 when the content is provided. The CPU 121 of the content server 6 determines in step S121 whether or not an access notification from the personal computer 22 is received from the Pokhara service server 9 via the communication unit 129' (the notification transmitted in step S104 of Fig. 28). When it is determined that the notification is received from the Pokhara service server 9, the process proceeds to step s 124, and the CPU 121 determines whether or not the update request for the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) is received from the personal computer 22 (step S74 of Fig. 16). When the CPU 121 determines that the update request of the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) has not been received, the processing ends. In step S121, when the CPU 121 determines that the notification has been received from the Pokhara service server 9, the process proceeds to step S122, and it is determined whether or not the transmission request from the content data of the personal computer 22 described therein is received (step S62 of Fig. 14). ). When the transmission request of the content data from the personal computer 22 is received, the step S123 is entered, and the CPU 121 reads the encrypted content data stored in the storage unit 128 and transmits it to the personal computer 22 from the communication unit 129. In addition, the content data can also be stored in the memory SHA 128 in a pre-cryptographic state, but can also be encrypted during transmission. The notification from the Pokhara service server 9 obtained in step S121 must contain information of the specified content. The information may also be a content ID, but the content may be Pokhara m when the content corresponds to the one-to-one correspondence of the Pokhara figure 181. When it is determined in step S122 that the transmission request from the content data of the personal computer 22 has not been received, the processing of step S123 is skipped. That is, 'even if the notification is received from the Pokhara service server 9, however, the block 84461-941213.doc -49- 1280495 is more than the replacement page] i.X one, ... one Λ' one division one... one ^ fk,.J. When the user of the PC 22 whose notification is not required to transmit the content material, the content material is not transmitted. In step S124, when it is determined that the personal computer 22 has received the update request for the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times), the process proceeds to step S125, and the cpu 121 requests settlement from the karaoke server 9. According to the request, the Pokhara service server 9 performs settlement processing on the user who uses the Pokola figure 181, and notifies the content server 6 of the settlement result (step 骡S丨i, S112 of Fig. 29 above) 〇 In step S126, the CP1J 121 of the content server 6 determines whether the settlement is OK according to the request of step S125 and the notification sent from the Pokara service server 9. When the settlement is completed, the process proceeds to step S127, and the CPU 121 transmits the update data for updating the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) to the personal computer 22. As described above, the personal computer 22 updates the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times κ, step S76 of Fig. 16) for selling the 1C chip 191 of the Pokhara figure 18 i based on the updated data. Thereby, the user can reuse the content. In step S126, when the notification from the Pokhara service server 9 indicates that the settlement is not OK, the process proceeds to step si28, and the CPU 121 performs error processing. That is, at this time, the CPU 121 outputs a message to the personal computer 22 that the content cannot be provided. The user can learn that the prepaid amount (or the maximum number of available times) cannot be updated. This information is displayed on the personal computer 22 in step S76 of Fig. 16. Next, it is described that the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 are placed on the station 23, and the user obtains the content from the content server 7, and the license server 8 obtains the license required to use the content. This processing executes a process corresponding to the function selected in step S52 of Fig. 13. That is, the processing is applied to the user 84461-941213.doc -50- 1280495 H ΐι repair (^) is replacing the page, __*.···ί.*«μμ«**·».··«. Νιικιι·, 'Starts when the function of the content acquisition processing is selected among the functions of the relative friend Pocara 311. In step S131, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 enters the content server 7 to request transmission of content. The user checks the incoming URL as needed. As will be described later, the content server 7 adds the content 1 and the license ID to the incoming personal computer 22, and transmits the content material (step S142 of Fig. 35, which will be described later). Therefore, in the step S132, when the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 receives the content data sent via the Internet from the content server 7, the content data is supplied and memorized in the storage unit 228 in step 3133. Inside. Next, in step S134, the CPU 221 will identify the content ID of the currently acquired content; access the memory content information for accessing information (the information required to read the content data from the memory unit 228); The content is transmitted to the website of the server (which is the license server 8 for the system) (the URL is sent from the content server 7 attached to the content data) to Pokhara Service Server 9. The content server 7 performs the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 35 in response to such access by the personal computer 22. That is, when the CPU 121 of the content server 7 receives the access from the personal computer 22 in step S141, the content data stored in the memory unit 128 is read and transmitted to the personal computer 22 in step 8142. At this time, the CPU 121 simultaneously transmits the content ID and the license (1) for identifying the license required to use the content. In addition, the content material is also encrypted. Further, the Pokhara service server 9 performs the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 36 corresponding to the processing of step S13 4 of Fig. 34 of the personal computer 22. 84661-941213.doc -51

1280495 首先’於步驟S151中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu 121接 收個人電腦22於步驟S134處理時傳輸之内容ID、存取資 訊與彳可證伺服器之網址。於步騾S152中,CPU 121對應 於一起送來之親友波卡拉ID,將步騾3151處理時收到之内 容ID存取資訊與許可證伺服器之網址記憶於波卡拉資料 庫10内。 其次,於步驟S153中,CPU121執行對應於使用者取得内 今處理 < 收費處理。亦即,要求收費伺服器13結算内容代 饧4分之金額。收費伺服器13依據該要求,對使用者執行 收費處理。 另外對邊内容之提供的收費處理,係於提供許可證時 進行收費,因此亦可省略。不對内容之提供收費,而係於 提供許可證時進行收費,使用者無須擔心金額,可於任何 終‘數次接收並記憶内容。如此即可有效分發内容。 此外’藉由於希望重現之裝置内預先記憶内容,即使震 置連接之線路的容量小,仍可以其裝置利用高品質之内容。 使用者如此僅取得内容時,尚不能利用内容。亦即,利 用内容時,須進一步取得利用内容所需之許可證。因而, 個人電腦22為求取得許可證,而執行圖37之流程圖所示的 處理。 孩處理亦執行對應於圖13之步驟S52選出之功能的—個 處理。 於步驟S171中,個人電腦22之CPU 221進入波卡拉服務词 服器9内。於步驟S172中,cPU 221於波卡拉服務伺服器9 84661-941213.doc -52- 1280495 #月';自修(<)止替換頁 „一 . ———._ 1 内要求取得對應於内容1£)之許可證。該内容ID係包含於圖 34之步驟S132處理時收到之内容資料内者。 如此’要求取得許可證時,如後述地,波卡拉服務伺服 器9進入許可證伺服器取得許可證。而後,於取得許可證 時’通知個人電腦22取得許可證(後述之圖38之步騾Sl94, S195) 〇 因而,於步驟S173中,CPU 221接收自波卡拉服務伺服器 9送來之許可證取得通知。cpu 221將該通知結果輸出至輸 出4 227之顯不邵上使其顯示。藉此,使用者可瞭解已取得 許可證。 其次’參照圖38之流程圖說明對應於圖37之個人電腦22 <許可證取得處理而執行之波卡拉服務伺服器9之處理。 於步騾S191中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121自個人電 腦22接收許可證取得處理之要求(圖37之步驟si72處理時 所輸出之要求)。於步驟S192中,cpu 121判定使用者有無 内谷。使用者取得内容時,於波卡拉資料庫1〇内記憶有存 取其内容用之存取資訊(圖36之步騾S152)。因而,cpui2i 依據孩存取資訊,可判定使用者有無内容。 於步驟S192中,判定使用者取得内容時,進入步驟Sl93, CPU 121進人對應於内容⑴之許可證伺服器,要求對使用者 發行許可證。圖36之步驟8152的處理中,使用者已取得内 容時,為了抑其内容,許可證储器之網址亦登錄於波 卡拉資料庫_。此外,亦登錄有發行其許可證之許可證 伺服器的網址。 84661-94l213.doc -53- 1280495 岑-月',修替換頁 許可證伺服器8於波卡拉服務伺服器9要求發行許可證 時’發行許可證,並傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9(後述圖39 之步驟:S212)。 因而,於步騾S194中,CPU 121將自許可證伺服器8送來 之密碼鍵(將密碼化之内容予以解碼用之鍵)與許可證ID, 對應於親友波卡拉ID與内容ID,而記憶於波卡拉資料庫! 〇 内。 其次,於步驟S195中,CPU 121通知使用者(個人電腦22) 已取得許可證。 而後,於步驟S196中,CPU 121執行對應於許可證取得處 理之收費處理。亦即,CPU 121要求收費伺服器13進行對應 於許可證之代價的結算。收費伺服器13依據該要求執行結 算處理。 於步驟S192中,判定使用者無内容時,進入步騾S197, 並執行錯誤處理。亦即,由於此時使用者並無内容,因此 播須取得許可證。因而執行錯誤處理。具體而言,cPU 121 係對個人電腦22傳輸錯誤訊息。此時,個人電腦22於步驟 S1?3中,係接收錯誤訊息,而非許可證取得之通知。 許可證伺服器8對應於來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之存取, 執行圖39之流程圖所示之處理。 於步驟S211中,許可證伺服器8之CPU 121判定是否收到 來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之許可證發行之要求,於判定收到 卉可證發行之要求時,進入步騾S212,自記憶部128讀取對 應於要求所含之内容①之許可證(將密碼化之内容予以解 84661-941213.doc -54- 1280495 94 12. I 4 / ’ ^>\/i : - - ' :a±; / 碼用之密碼鍵與許可證出),並傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 於步驟S2ii中,判定未收到來自波卡拉服務伺服器9之許 可證發行之要求時,不執行步驟8212之處理。 如以上所述,使用者取得内容與許可證時,即可使用(重 現)内容。 其次,參照圖40之流程圖說明此時之處理。 此時之處理,使用者亦將親友波卡拉人偶161放置於站台 23上,於選擇一個功能時,執行對應於圖13之步驟S52選出 之功能的一個處理。 於步驟S231中,個人電腦22之CPU221進入波卡拉服務伺 服时9。於步騾S232中,CPU 221對波卡拉服務伺服器9指定 内谷ID,要求重現内容。波卡拉服務伺服器9依據該要求, 於使用者取得内容與許可證時,進入保持有内容資料之存 耳目的地,取得内容資料。本例時,由於個人電腦22内保 持有内容資料,因此係自波卡拉服務伺服器9要求個人電腦 22傳輸内容資料(後述圖41之步騾S27)。於步驟8233中,接 收該要求時,CPU 221讀取指定之存取目的地之内容資料, 並傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 波卡拉服務伺服器9使用密碼鍵,將接收之經過密碼化之 内容資料予以解碼,並傳輸解碼後之内容資料(後述之圖4ι 之步驟S275、步騾S276)。 因而,於步驟S234中,CPU 221接收自波卡拉服務伺服器 9送來 < 内容資料。如上所述,該内容資料已經過解碼。因 此,個人電腦22無須保持密碼鍵,且無須依據其密碼鍵進 84661-94l2l3.doc -55- 1280495 3碼處理。因而,即使如行動電話、PDA(個人數位助理) 等而要著重攜帶性,而執行複雜處理困難之攜帶式機器, 仍可輕易重現内容。 於步驟S235中,CPU 221自輸出部227之顯示部與揚聲器 輸出步驟S234處理時所接收之内容。藉此,使用者可收視 内容。 其’人,於步驟S236中,CPU 221執行預付金額之扣款處 理。该處理係對親友波卡拉人偶161之1(:晶片171執行與上 述販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片191時相同的處理。 1C曰曰片171内尚未記憶預付金額時,該處理省略。 於步騾S237中,CPU 221將包含已扣款之預付金額與重現 /入數之履歷傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。波卡拉服務伺服器 9依據該履歷更新波卡拉資料庫1〇(上述圖29之步驟sl〇9)。 波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於個人電腦22執行圖4〇所示流 程圖之處理,而執行圖41之流程圖所示之處理,作為對應 於圖28之步驟S102選出之波卡拉功能的一個處理。 於步驟S271中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu 121於收到個 人電腦22要求内容重現(包含内容ID)前待用,收到時,於步 騾S272中,判定傳輸要求之使用者是否取得對應於内容1〇 之許可證。該判定可自對應於自個人電腦22送來之要求内 所含之内容ID ’許可證ID是否登錄於波卡拉資料庫1 q内來 判定。當然,此時波卡拉ID與使用者ID之至少一方在圖12 之步驟S43的處理時,自個人電腦22傳輸,並於圖28之步驟 S91之處理時,已被波卡拉服務伺服器9接收。 84661-941213.doc -56- 1280495 ¥ -1¾ ^ 4]1280495 First, in step S151, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 receives the content ID, the access information, and the URL of the license server transmitted by the personal computer 22 during the processing of step S134. In step S152, the CPU 121 corresponds to the pro-Friends Pokhara ID sent together, and stores the content ID access information and the URL of the license server received in the processing of the step 3151 in the Pokhara database 10. Next, in step S153, the CPU 121 executes a charge processing corresponding to the user's acquisition of the internal processing < That is, the charging server 13 is required to settle the amount of the content for 4 cents. The charging server 13 performs charging processing on the user in accordance with the request. In addition, the charge processing for the provision of the side content is charged when the license is provided, and therefore may be omitted. There is no charge for the content, and the fee is charged when the license is provided. The user does not have to worry about the amount, and can receive and memorize the content at any time. This will effectively distribute the content. Furthermore, by pre-memorizing the content in the device that is desired to be reproduced, even if the capacity of the line connecting the connection is small, the device can utilize the high-quality content. When the user only obtains the content, the content cannot be utilized. That is, when the content is used, the license required to use the content must be further obtained. Therefore, the personal computer 22 executes the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 37 in order to obtain the license. The child processing also performs a process corresponding to the function selected in step S52 of Fig. 13. In step S171, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 enters the Pokhara service vocabulary 9. In step S172, the cPU 221 is required to obtain the corresponding content in the Pokhara service server 9 84661-941213.doc -52 - 1280495 #月'; self-repair (<) stop replacement page „一. ———._ 1 1. The license ID is included in the content data received at the time of processing in step S132 of Fig. 34. When the license is requested, as will be described later, the Pokhara service server 9 enters the license servo. Then, when the license is acquired, 'the personal computer 22 is notified to obtain the license (steps S1, S195 of Fig. 38, which will be described later). Thus, in step S173, the CPU 221 receives the self-service from the Pokhara service server 9. The received license is notified. The cpu 221 outputs the notification result to the display 4 227, so that the user can know that the license has been obtained. Next, the description will be made with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 38. The processing of the Pokhara service server 9 executed by the personal computer 22 < license acquisition processing of Fig. 37. In step S191, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 receives the license acquisition processing from the personal computer 22. Requirements (step s in Figure 37) In step S192, the cpu 121 determines whether the user has a valley. When the user obtains the content, the user accesses the content for accessing the content in the Pokhara database. Step 152 S152) Therefore, cpui2i can determine whether the user has content according to the child access information. In step S192, when it is determined that the user has obtained the content, the process proceeds to step S93, and the CPU 121 enters the license corresponding to the content (1). The server requires a license to be issued to the user. In the processing of step 8152 of FIG. 36, when the user has obtained the content, the website of the license storage is also registered in the Pokhara database in order to suppress the content. Log in to the web address of the license server that issued the license. 84661-94l213.doc -53- 1280495 岑-月', repair replacement page license server 8 when the Pokhara service server 9 requires a license to issue The license is transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9 (step of FIG. 39 described later: S212). Thus, in step S194, the CPU 121 transmits the password key (the encrypted content) sent from the license server 8. Give The key for decoding and the license ID correspond to the relatives and friends Pokhara ID and the content ID, and are stored in the Pokhara database! In the next step, in step S195, the CPU 121 notifies the user (personal computer 22) that the license has been obtained. Then, in step S196, the CPU 121 performs charging processing corresponding to the license acquisition processing. That is, the CPU 121 requests the charging server 13 to perform settlement corresponding to the consideration of the license. The charging server 13 performs the settlement processing in accordance with the request. In step S192, when it is determined that the user has no content, the process proceeds to step S197, and error processing is executed. That is, since the user has no content at this time, the broadcast is required to obtain a license. Therefore, error processing is performed. Specifically, the cPU 121 transmits an error message to the personal computer 22. At this time, the personal computer 22 receives the error message in step S1?3 instead of the notification of the license acquisition. The license server 8 corresponds to the access from the Pokhara service server 9, and performs the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 39. In step S211, the CPU 121 of the license server 8 determines whether or not the request for license issuance from the Pokhara service server 9 is received. When it is determined that the request for the issuance of the certificate is received, the process proceeds to step S212, which is self-memory. The department 128 reads the license corresponding to the content 1 contained in the request (the encrypted content is solved 84461-941213.doc -54 - 1280495 94 12. I 4 / ' ^>\/i : - - ' : a±; / code with the password key and the license out), and transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9. In step S2ii, when it is determined that the request for the license issuance from the Pokhara service server 9 is not received, the process of step 8212 is not executed. As described above, when the user obtains the content and the license, the content can be used (reproduced). Next, the processing at this time will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. At this time, the user also places the relative friend Pokara figure 161 on the station 23, and when a function is selected, performs a process corresponding to the function selected in step S52 of Fig. 13. In step S231, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 enters the Pokhara service servo 9. In step S232, the CPU 221 specifies the inner valley ID to the Pokhara service server 9, requesting reproduction of the content. According to the request, the Pokhara service server 9 enters the ear destination where the content material is held when the user obtains the content and the license, and acquires the content data. In the present example, since the personal computer 22 holds the content data, the Pokhara service server 9 requests the personal computer 22 to transmit the content data (step S27 of Fig. 41, which will be described later). In step 8233, upon receiving the request, the CPU 221 reads the content data of the designated access destination and transmits it to the Pokhara service server 9. The Pokhara service server 9 decodes the received encrypted content data using the password key, and transmits the decoded content data (step S275, step S276, which will be described later in Fig. 4). Therefore, in step S234, the CPU 221 receives the < content material sent from the Pokhara service server 9. As mentioned above, the content material has been decoded. Therefore, the personal computer 22 does not need to maintain the password key, and does not need to be processed according to its password key 84661-94l2l3.doc -55- 1280495 3 code. Therefore, even if a portable device such as a mobile phone, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), etc., is required to carry portability, and the complicated processing is difficult, the content can be easily reproduced. In step S235, the CPU 221 outputs the content received at the time of the processing of step S234 from the display unit of the output unit 227 and the speaker. Thereby, the user can view the content. In step S236, the CPU 221 executes the debit processing of the prepaid amount. This processing is the same as the processing of the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 (the wafer 171 is the same as the above-mentioned 1C wafer 191 for selling the Pokhara figure 181. This processing is omitted when the prepaid amount has not been memorized in the 1C file 171. In step S237, the CPU 221 transmits the history of the prepaid amount and the recurring/entry number of the debited money to the Pokhara service server 9. The Pokhara service server 9 updates the Pokhara database 1 according to the history ( Steps s1〇9) of Fig. 29 above. The Pokhara service server 9 executes the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 41 corresponding to the processing of the flowchart shown in Fig. 41 by the personal computer 22, as corresponding to Fig. 28. A process of the Pokhara function selected in step S102. In step S271, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 is inactive before receiving the request for reproduction of the content (including the content ID) by the personal computer 22, and when received, in step In S272, it is determined whether the user of the transmission request has obtained a license corresponding to the content 1. The determination may be from the content ID 'permission ID' included in the request sent from the personal computer 22 to whether or not the license ID is registered in Pokhara. Database 1 q It is a matter of course that at least one of the Pokhara ID and the user ID is transmitted from the personal computer 22 at the time of the processing of the step S43 of Fig. 12, and the Pokhara service server has been processed at the step S91 of Fig. 28. 9 Received 84661-941213.doc -56- 1280495 ¥ -13⁄4 ^ 4]

j正替換頁I 使用者取得制於内容出之許可料,進人步驟s273, CPU m於步額73中,依據存取資訊進人保持内容資料之 來源。如參照圖34之說明,利用親友波卡拉取得内容資料, 而於内藏之記憶部内記錄其内容資.料時,其裝置(此時為個 人電腦22)係將存取其内容資料用之存取資訊傳輸至波卡 拉服務伺服器9(圖34之步驟S134),波卡拉服務伺服器9將該 存取資訊登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内(圖36之步驟S152)。因 此,CPU 121可依據该存取資訊取得内容資料。具體而言, 此時CPU 121係進入個人電腦22,要求讀取記憶於記憶部 228内之内容資料。 個人電腦22依據該要求,自波卡拉服務伺服器9所指定之 位置(存取目的地資訊指定之記憶部228)讀取並傳輸内容資 料(圖40之步騾S233)。因而,CPU 121於步騾S274中,係接 收自保持内容資料之裝置送來之内容資料。此時,CPU 121 接收自個人電腦22送來之内容資料(當然,若内容資料保持 於存取之個人電腦22以外之裝置内時,係進入其裝置接收 内容資料)。 於步騾S275中,CPU 121使用密碼鍵,將自個人電腦22 送來之内容資料予以解碼。取得該密碼鍵係作為重現其内 容所需的一個許可證,並記憶於波卡拉資料庫1〇内(圖38之 步驟S194)。 其次,於步驟S276中,CPU 121將步騾S275處理時解碼之 内容傳輸至進來之個人電腦22(親友波卡拉之角色3 11位於 現在位置之裝置)。如上所述,該内容資料在個人電腦22中 84661-941213.doc -57- 1280495 % 11修(ti正替換頁 接收、輸出(圖40之步驟S234, S235)。 如此,若使密碼鍵記憶於波卡拉服務伺服器9内,密碼鍵 則無須輸出至外部,因此減少密碼键遭盜取的可能性。因 而,密碼化之内容解讀困難,安全性提高。 而後,於内容重現結束時,自個人電腦22傳輸履歷資訊 (圖40之步驟S237)。因而,於步騾S278中,CPU 128接收自 個人電腦22送來之履歷,並依據其履歷更新波卡拉資料庫j is replacing page I. The user obtains the license material for the content, and proceeds to step s273. The CPU m enters the source of the content data according to the access information in the step 73. As described with reference to FIG. 34, when the content material is obtained by using the relatives and friends Pokhara, and the content information is recorded in the built-in memory unit, the device (in this case, the personal computer 22) accesses the content data. The information is transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9 (step S134 of Fig. 34), and the Pokhara service server 9 registers the access information in the Pokhara database 10 (step S152 of Fig. 36). Therefore, the CPU 121 can acquire the content material based on the access information. Specifically, at this time, the CPU 121 enters the personal computer 22 and requests to read the content material stored in the storage unit 228. In response to the request, the personal computer 22 reads and transmits the content material from the location specified by the Pokhara service server 9 (the memory unit 228 designated by the access destination information) (step S233 of Fig. 40). Therefore, the CPU 121 receives the content material sent from the device holding the content material in step S274. At this time, the CPU 121 receives the content material sent from the personal computer 22 (of course, if the content material is held in the device other than the accessed personal computer 22, it enters its device to receive the content material). In step S275, the CPU 121 decodes the content material sent from the personal computer 22 using the password key. The password key is acquired as a license required to reproduce its contents, and is stored in the Pokhara database 1 (step S194 of Fig. 38). Next, in step S276, the CPU 121 transmits the decoded content at the time of the processing of step S275 to the incoming personal computer 22 (the device in which the character 3 of the relative friend Pokara is located at the current position). As described above, the content material is corrected in the personal computer 22 84461-941213.doc -57 - 1280495% 11 (the ti is replacing the page reception and output (steps S234, S235 of Fig. 40). Thus, if the password key is memorized In the Pokhara service server 9, the password key does not need to be output to the outside, thereby reducing the possibility of the password key being stolen. Therefore, the content of the encrypted content is difficult to read and the security is improved. Then, at the end of the content reproduction, The personal computer 22 transmits the history information (step S237 of Fig. 40). Therefore, in step S278, the CPU 128 receives the resume sent from the personal computer 22, and updates the Pokhara database based on the history thereof.

1 〇之資訊。該履歷中包含内容之重現次數、扣款後之預付 金額等。 於步驟S272中’判定送來要求之使用者尚未取得對内容 ID之許可證時,進入步驟S278,cpu 121執行錯誤處理(亦 即’此時錯誤訊息傳輸至個人電腦22)。個人電腦22於步驟 S234中,接收該錯誤訊息,而非接收内容,並將其輸出、 顯示於輸出部227上。 另外,以上為波卡拉服務伺服器9將經過密碼化之内容資 料予以解碼,不過,亦可自波卡拉服務伺服器9傳輸鍵至個 人電腦22,並於個人電腦22中將内容資料予以解碼。 如此,可經由發揮使用者代理人功能之親友波卡拉,自 内容伺服器自由地下載密碼化内容,此外,可經由親友波 卡拉自由地複製其密碼化内容。進行複製時,其儲存位置 登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内。親友波卡拉於指示重現時,參 照登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内之儲存位置,提供其内容至使 用者。因此’使用者可收視其内容,進一步複製於其他裝 置,以資料流重現。但是,於重現時,始終需要親友波卡 84661-941213.doc -58- 12804951 〇 information. The history includes the number of times the content is reproduced, and the amount of the prepaid amount after deduction. When it is determined in step S272 that the user who requested the delivery has not obtained the license for the content ID, the process proceeds to step S278, and the CPU 121 performs error processing (i.e., 'the error message is transmitted to the personal computer 22 at this time'). The personal computer 22 receives the error message instead of receiving the content in step S234, and outputs and displays it on the output unit 227. Further, the above-described Pokhara service server 9 decodes the encrypted content data, but the key can be transmitted from the Pokhara service server 9 to the personal computer 22, and the content data can be decoded in the personal computer 22. In this way, the cryptographic content can be freely downloaded from the content server via the friend Pokhara who functions as a user agent, and the cryptographic content can be freely copied via the relatives and friends. When copying, the storage location is registered in the Pokhara database 10. The relatives and friends, Pokhara, are re-presented and refer to the storage location in the Pokhara database 10 to provide their content to the user. Therefore, the user can view the content and further copy it to other devices to reproduce the data stream. However, in re-emergence, you always need friends and relatives Boka 84661-941213.doc -58- 1280495

拉。 另外,於内容複製及重現時,藉由以不同鍵將内容予以 密碼化,即使鍵遭盜取,仍可將其損害抑制在最小限度。 藉此可提高安全性。 對波卡拉服務伺服器9之登入,除將親友波卡拉人偶161 放置於站台上之外,亦可藉由輸入分配給使用者之m與密 碼來執行。以致第三者可能盜取ID與密碼,冒充真正使用 者對波卡拉服務伺服器9存取。此種情況下,真正使用者(保 持親友波卡拉人偶161之使用者)利用親友波卡拉人偶ι61 自網路上之特定位置對波卡拉服務伺服器9登入時,波卡拉 服務伺服器9對以後登入之使用者,僅顯示親友波卡拉人偶 161之角色的黑影(silhouette),此時,讓使用者知道親友波 卡拉之角色被其他裝置使用中。亦即,使用者可立即瞭解 對波卡拉服務伺服器9之存取係排他性者。 因而,利用親友波卡拉之内容重現,亦僅能在網路上之 一台裝置上進行,即使使用者未意識DRM(數位權管理), 仍可保護内容的著作權。 親友波卡拉人偶161之1C晶片171内記憶有預付金額(或 重現次數),每次重現内容,即扣除其預付金額(或重現次 數),其次,於預付金額(或重現次數)為0時,使用者以後無 法重現(使用)内容。因而,此時使用者藉由進一步追加支付 特定金額,即可再度重現内容。此時之處理,參照圖42與 圖43之流程圖來說明。 圖42之流程圖的處理,係將親友波卡拉人偶1 61放置於站 84661-941213.doc -59- 1280495 台23上,執行對應於選擇一個功能時,圖13之步驟S52選出 之功能的一個處理。 於步驟S301中,個人電腦22之CPU 221對波卡拉服務伺服 器9要求更新預付金額(或最大可使用次數)。波卡拉服務伺 服器9依據該要求,進行對應於預付金額(或最大可使用次 數)之收費處理後,將預付金額(或最大可使用次數)傳輸至 個人電腦22(後述之圖43之步騾S322至步騾S326)。因而,於 步驟S302中,CPU 221接收自波卡拉服務伺服器9送來之預 付金額(或最大可使用次數)。於步·驟S303中,CPU 221經由 1買窝器241將接收之預付金額(或最大可使用次數)加進記憶 於1C晶片171之預付金額(或最大可使用次數)内。 如此,爾後使用者可再度於預付金額(或最大可使用次數) 的範圍内,再度重現内容。 波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於圖42之流程圖所示之個人電 腦22之處理,係執行圖43之流程圖所示之處理。 亦即,該處理係執行對應於圖28之步騾sl〇2選出之波卡 拉之功能的一個處理。 於步驟S321中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之cpu 121於自個人 電腦22收到要求更新預付金額(或最大可使用次數)之前待 用收到時,於步驟S322中,判定送來要求之使用者(對應 於親友波卡拉之角色311之使用者)是否使用信用卡。該判 足可自登錄於波卡拉資料庫1〇内之使用者資訊作判定。 使用者具有信用卡時,進入步騾S323, cpui2i自使用者 、求抽出預付金額(或最大可使用次數)。於步驟S325中, 84661-941213.doc 1280495 :ΓΐPull. In addition, by copying the content with different keys during content copying and reproduction, even if the key is stolen, the damage can be minimized. This can improve safety. The login to the Pokhara service server 9 can be performed by inputting the m and password assigned to the user, in addition to placing the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 on the platform. As a result, the third party may steal the ID and password and impersonate the real user to access the Pokhara service server 9. In this case, the real user (keep the user of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161) use the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure ι61 to log in to the Pokhara service server 9 from a specific location on the Internet, the Pokhara service server 9 pairs Users who log in later will only display the silhouette of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161. At this time, let the user know that the role of the relatives and friends Pokhara is used by other devices. That is, the user can immediately understand the accessibility of the Pokhara service server 9. Therefore, the reproduction of the content of the relatives and friends Pokhara can only be performed on one device on the network, and the copyright of the content can be protected even if the user is not aware of DRM (digital rights management). The relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 of the 1C chip 171 have a prepaid amount (or the number of times of recurrence), and each time the content is reproduced, the prepaid amount (or the number of recurrences) is deducted, and secondly, the prepaid amount (or the number of recurrences) When it is 0, the user cannot reproduce (use) the content in the future. Therefore, at this time, the user can reproduce the content again by further adding a specific amount of payment. The processing at this time will be described with reference to the flowcharts of Figs. 42 and 43. The processing of the flowchart of Fig. 42 is to place the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 1 61 on the station 84461-941213.doc - 59 - 1280495, and perform the function corresponding to the step S52 of Fig. 13 corresponding to the selection of a function. One treatment. In step S301, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 requests the Pokhara service server 9 to update the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times). According to the request, the Pokhara service server 9 transmits the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) to the personal computer 22 after the charge processing corresponding to the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) (the step of FIG. 43 described later) S322 to step S326). Thus, in step S302, the CPU 221 receives the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) sent from the Pokhara service server 9. In step S303, the CPU 221 adds the received prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) to the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) stored in the 1C chip 171 via the 1 hole purchaser 241. In this way, the user can reproduce the content again within the range of the prepaid amount (or the maximum available number of times). The Pokhara service server 9 corresponds to the processing of the personal computer 22 shown in the flowchart of Fig. 42, and performs the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 43. That is, the processing performs a process corresponding to the function of the wave card selected in step ss2 of Fig. 28. In step S321, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 determines that the use of the request is received in step S322, before the personal computer 22 receives the request for the update of the prepaid amount (or the maximum number of times of use). Whether or not a credit card is used (corresponding to the user of the role 311 of the relatives and friends). The judgment can be determined from user information registered in the Pokhara database. When the user has a credit card, the process proceeds to step S323, and cpui2i extracts the prepaid amount (or the maximum available number of times) from the user. In step S325, 84661-941213.doc 1280495: Γΐ

年、.year,.

&替換頁 CPU 121判定對應於步驟S323之處理時抽出之两 、 一订金額(或 最大可使用次數)之金額是否為可結算之金額。 耶即,此時 判定是否為藉由信用卡可結算之金額。超過預先咬定笑谁 金額之金額時,判定為無法結算。 對應於預付金額之金額為可結算之金額時, ^ 适入步驟 S325’ CPU 121執行對其金額之結算處理。亦即,此時,cpu 121要求收費伺服器13執行對應於預付金額之收費處理。收 費伺服器13對應於该要求’依據其使用者之信用卡费執行 預付金額之扣款處理。 當然,除信用卡之外,此種處理亦可執行自銀行帳戶之 扣款處理。 於步驟S326中,CPU 121將預付金額(或最大可使用次數) 傳輸至個人電腦22。如上所述,個人電腦22接收時,更新 親友波卡拉人偶161之1C晶片171的預付金額(或最大可使 用次數)(圖42之步騾S303)。 其次,進入步騾S327, CPU 121更新使用者之履歷。亦即, 使用者此時保持之預付金額(或最大可使用次數)登錄於波 卡拉資料庫10内。 於步驟S322中,判定使用者無信用卡時,或於步騾S324 中,判定預付金額並非可結算金額時,進入步驟S328,CPU 128執行錯誤處理。亦即,此時CPU 121係將無法更新預付 金額之内容的訊息傳輸至個人電腦22。 個人電腦22於圖42之步騾S302中,接收該訊息,而非預 付金額。因而,該信息顯示於輸出部227之顯示部上。藉此, 84661-941213.doc -61 - 1280495 '年-¥曰倏<:替換頁 使用者可瞭解無法XW預存金額。 另外,增加(更新)此種預付金額之處理,亦可對記憶於販 賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片191内之預付金額進行。 進行記憶於販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片191内之預付金 額之更新處理時,亦可自親友波卡拉進帳。如此,由於收 費結算與親友波卡拉一體化,因此較為便利。 此時,如使用者藉由將親友波卡拉人偶161放置於站台23 上,進入波卡拉服務伺服器9。而後,波卡拉服務伺服器9 顯示選單後,自其選單中,如選擇「販賣波卡拉人偶進帳(購 買折價券)」之項目。進行該選擇時,波卡拉服務伺服器9 如使「請將希望進帳之波卡拉人偶放置於站台上」之訊息 顯示於個人電腦22上。使用者按照該訊息,取下放置於站 台上之親友波卡拉人偶161,改放販賣波卡拉人偶181。但 是,此時,波卡拉服務伺服器9使自對應之裝置之存取(連 接)在此種情況下繼續。 波卡拉服務伺服器9(或内容伺服器6)對販賣波卡拉人偶 181之1C晶片191進行預付金額之更新處理後,再度如使「請 將親友波卡拉人偶放置於站台上」之訊息顯示於個人電腦 22上。使用者按照該訊息將親友波卡拉人偶ι61放置於站台 23上時’波卡拉服務伺服器9依據親友波卡拉人偶16ι,執 行對應於對販賣波卡拉人偶181之1(3晶片191進行之預付金 額之更新處理的收費處理。 或是,於無法藉由販賣波卡拉人偶18丨重現内容時,波卡 拉服務伺服器9使「是否要進帳(購買折價券)」之訊息顯示 84661-941213.doc -62- 1280495 t/4 ι2. 14 於個人電腦22上,操作「OK」按紐時,進一步顯示促使替 換成親友波卡拉人偶161之操作的訊息,親友波卡拉人偶 161取代販賣波卡拉人偶181放置於站台23上時,執行收費 處理。而後,再度顯示促使販賣波卡拉人偶181取代親友波 卡拉人偶161放置於站台23上之操作的訊息。使用者按照該 訊息將販賣波卡拉人偶181放置於站台23上。此時執行預付 金額之更新處理,形成可再度重現内容之狀態。 其次,參照圖44之流程圖,說明利用親友波卡拉,將保 存於特定終端之内容,在其終端重現的其他處理例。 另外,内容如係藉由上述圖34之流程圖所示之處理,已 記憶於作為終端之個人電腦22之記憶部228内。 於步驟S401中,個人電腦22之CPU 221使保存之内容之標 題(名稱)顯示於構成輸出部227之顯示部上。使用者藉由操 作輸入邵226,自顯示之標題中指定特定之内容作為重現對 象。因而,CPU 221於步驟S402中,依據輸入部226之輸入, 選擇使用者指定之内容。 於步驟S403中,CPU 221控制通信部229,使步驟S402之 處理時選出之内容的内容ID傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。如 參照圖45而後述者,波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於該内容1〇傳 輸錯戎貪訊(步驟S425)或密碼鍵(步驟S424)。 因而,於步驟S404中,CPU221判定是否收到錯誤資訊, 判足收到錯誤資訊時,進入步驟S409,並執行錯誤處理。 反之,判定未收到錯誤資訊時,進入步騾S4〇5,cpu 221 依據使用者之輸人’取得收費處理時所需之收費資訊,並 84661-941213.doc -63· 1280495 ......1·4·..一…- 將收費資訊傳輸至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 於步騾S406中,CPU 221接收波卡拉服務伺服器9送來之 密碼鍵(於步驟S424處理時所傳輸之密碼键)。於步騾S407 中,CPU 221使用步騾S406處理時收到之密碼鍵,將步騾 S402處理時選出之内容(經過密碼化)予以解碼。於步驟S408 中,CPU 221自輸出部227輸出步驟S407處理時解碼之内容。 波卡拉服務伺服器9對應於圖44之以上處理,而執行圖45 之流程圖所示的處理。 於步騾S421中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121接收自個 人電腦22送來(於步騾S403處理時傳輸)之内容ID。於步騾 S422中,CPU 121判定使用者是否取得對應於在步騾S421 收到之内容ID的許可證。如參照圖31之說明,親友波卡拉 之波卡拉資訊登錄有作為内容資訊之内容ID,或作為許可 證資訊之許可證ID。CPU 121依據圖31之波卡拉資訊來判定 是否對應於收到之内容ID登錄有許可證ID。 於步騾S422中,判定已取得對應於内容ID之許可證時, 進入步驟S423,CPU 121接收個人電腦22於步騾S405處理時 送來之收費資訊,並進行收費處理。於步騾S424中,CPU 121 讀取對應於許可證ID之密碼键,並傳輸至重現終端(此時為 個人電腦22)。該密碼键如上所述,於個人電腦22中,係在 步驟S406中接收。 於步驟S422中,判定尚未對應於内容ID取得許可證時, 進入步騾S425,CPU 121執行錯誤處理。而後,CPU 121將 錯誤訊息傳輸至個人電腦22。 84661-941213.doc -64- 1280495 %4康规修正替換頁 其次,參照圖46之流程圖說明未保存内容之終端重現内 容時之處理。 另外,此時,如於個人電腦26内登錄有内容,個人電腦 22係重現該内容者。 於步騾S441中,個人電腦22之CPU 221進入波卡拉服務伺 服器9,接收登錄於波卡拉資料庫10内之各内容的存取資 訊。如上所述,波卡拉資料庫10内登錄有作為内容之存取 目的地(保持内容之裝置)之存取資訊,CPU 221自波卡拉服 務伺服器9接收該資訊。 春 於步騾S442中,CPU 221依據收到之存取資訊,將密碼化 之内容與保持其之終端的列表顯示於輸出部227上。使用者 藉由操作輸入部226,自顯示之内容中選擇特定内容。因而 於步騾S443中,CPU 221依據自輸入部226之輸入選擇内 容,並自選出之内容的存取資訊決定存取目的地。 於步驟S444中,CPU 221控制通信部229,對步騾S443處 理時決定之存取目的地執行直接連接處理。此時,個人電 腦22之CPU 221係進入儲存内容之個人電腦26内。 # 於步騾S445中,CPU 221對波卡拉服務伺服器9傳輸於步 騾S443中所決定(選擇)之内容的内容ID。波卡拉服務伺服器 9如後述,送來對應於内容ID之密碼键(後述之圖48之步騾 S493) 〇 因而,於步騾S446中,CPU 221接收自波卡拉服務伺服器 9送來之密碼鍵。於步騾S447中,CPU 221傳輸内容ID至内 容提供終端(此時為個人電腦26)。 84661-941213.doc -65- 1280495 年· |0修(今(正替换頁 j 於步騾S448中,CPU 221判定是否保存内容,該判定係依 據自使用者之輸入來進行。 於保存内容時,進入步騾S449,CPU 221接收自個人電腦 26送來之經過密碼化之内容時,將其保存於記憶部228内。 於步騾S450中,CPU 221將存取資訊之更新資訊傳輸至波 卡拉服務伺服器9。亦即,此時内容係自個人電腦26轉送至 個人電腦22,因此,以後對其内容之存取目的地成為個人 電腦22(保持其内容之終端為個人電腦22),存取目的地傳輸 至波卡拉服務伺服器9。 於步騾S451中,0?11221使用步騾3446處理時收到之密碼 键,將記憶於記憶部228之經過密碼化之内容予以解碼、重 現。重現輸出係自輸出部227輸出。 於步騾S448中,判定未保存内容時,於步騾S452中,CPU 221使用密碼鍵,將内容予以解碼,並自輸出部227資料流 重現。 對應於以上圖46之流程圖所示之個人電腦22的處理,對 個人電腦22提供内容之個人電腦26係執行圖47之流程圖所 示的處理。 首先,於步騾S471中,個人電腦26之CPU 221啟動波卡拉 精靈。於步驟S472中,波卡拉精靈於自其他終端接收存取 前待用,自其他終端收到存取時(此時,係自個人電腦22收 到存取時)進入步騾S473,並自重現終端接收内容ID。此 時,係接收步騾S447處理時,個人電腦22傳輸之内容ID。 於步騾S474中,個人電腦26之CPU 221對連接來源傳輸密碼 84661-941213.doc -66- 1280495& Replacement Page The CPU 121 determines whether or not the amount of the two or one order amount (or the maximum usable number of times) extracted in response to the processing of the step S323 is a billable amount. That is, at this time, it is determined whether it is the amount that can be settled by the credit card. If it is more than the amount of money that is pre-bited, it is judged that it is impossible to settle. When the amount corresponding to the prepaid amount is the amount that can be settled, ^ the adaptation step S325' executes the settlement processing of the amount. That is, at this time, the CPU 121 requests the charging server 13 to execute the charging processing corresponding to the prepaid amount. The charge server 13 performs the debit processing of the prepaid amount in accordance with the credit card fee of the user corresponding to the request. Of course, in addition to credit cards, such processing can also be performed by debit processing from a bank account. In step S326, the CPU 121 transmits the prepaid amount (or the maximum usable number of times) to the personal computer 22. As described above, when the personal computer 22 receives, the prepaid amount (or the maximum number of uses) of the 1C chip 171 of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 is updated (step S303 of Fig. 42). Next, the process proceeds to step S327, and the CPU 121 updates the history of the user. That is, the prepaid amount (or the maximum number of times of use) that the user maintains at this time is registered in the Pokhara database 10. If it is determined in step S322 that the user has no credit card, or if it is determined in step S324 that the prepaid amount is not the settlement amount, the process proceeds to step S328, and the CPU 128 executes error processing. That is, at this time, the CPU 121 transmits a message that the content of the prepaid amount cannot be updated to the personal computer 22. The personal computer 22 receives the message in step S302 of Fig. 42 instead of the prepaid amount. Therefore, the information is displayed on the display portion of the output unit 227. By this, 84661-941213.doc -61 - 1280495 'Year-¥曰倏<: Replacement page Users can understand the amount of XW pre-existing. Further, the process of adding (updating) such a prepaid amount may be performed on the prepaid amount stored in the 1C chip 191 of the Pokhara figure 181. In the case of updating the advance payment of the amount of the advance payment in the 1C chip 191 of the Pokhara figure 181, the friend and friend Pokhara can also be credited. In this way, it is more convenient because the bill settlement is integrated with the relatives and friends of Pokhara. At this time, if the user places the relative friend Pocara 161 on the station 23, the user enters the Pokhara service server 9. Then, after the Pokhara Service Server 9 displays the menu, from the menu, select the item “Selling Pokhara Puppet (purchase coupon)”. When this selection is made, the Pokhara service server 9 displays a message "Please place the Pokhara doll wishing to be placed on the station" on the personal computer 22. According to the message, the user removes the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 placed on the platform and resells and sells the Pokhara figure 181. However, at this time, the Pokhara service server 9 causes the access (connection) from the corresponding device to continue in this case. After the Pokhara service server 9 (or the content server 6) updates the prepaid amount for the 1C chip 191 selling the Pokhara doll 181, the message "Please place the relatives and friends of the Pokhara doll on the platform" again. Displayed on the personal computer 22. When the user places the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure ι61 on the platform 23 according to the message, the 'Pokhara service server 9 performs the corresponding one for the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 according to the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 16 (3 wafer 191). Charge processing for the update of the prepaid amount. Or, when the content cannot be reproduced by selling the Pokhara doll, the Pokhara service server 9 displays the message "Do you want to enter the account (purchase coupon)"? 84661-941213.doc -62- 1280495 t/4 ι2. 14 On the personal computer 22, when the "OK" button is operated, the message prompting the replacement of the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 is further displayed, and the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure are displayed. 161 replaces the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 when it is placed on the platform 23. The charging process is performed. Then, the message prompting the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 to replace the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 placed on the platform 23 is displayed again. This message places the Pokhara figure 181 on the station 23. At this time, the pre-payment amount update process is executed to form a state in which the content can be reproduced again. Next, a flow chart will be described with reference to FIG. The other processing example of the content stored in the specific terminal and reproduced in the terminal is carried out by the relative friend Pokhara. In addition, the content is stored in the personal computer 22 as the terminal by the processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 34 described above. In the memory unit 228, in step S401, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 displays the title (name) of the stored content on the display unit constituting the output unit 227. The user inputs the title 226 by self-display. Specifically, the CPU 221 selects the content specified by the user in accordance with the input of the input unit 226 in step S402. In step S403, the CPU 221 controls the communication unit 229 to cause the processing of step S402. The content ID of the selected content is transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9. As will be described later with reference to Fig. 45, the Pokhara service server 9 transmits the error (step S425) or the password key corresponding to the content 1 (step). S424) Therefore, in step S404, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the error information is received, and when it is judged that the error information is received, the process proceeds to step S409, and error processing is executed. When the error message is reached, go to step S4〇5, cpu 221 according to the user's input' to obtain the charge information required for the charge processing, and 84461-941213.doc -63· 1280495 ......1·4 ·.. a...- Transfer the charging information to the Pokhara service server 9. In step S406, the CPU 221 receives the password key sent by the Pokhara service server 9 (the password key transmitted during the processing in step S424) In step S407, the CPU 221 decodes the content selected by the processing of step S402 (passwordized) using the password key received during the processing of step S406. In step S408, the CPU 221 outputs the content decoded at the time of the processing of step S407 from the output unit 227. The Pokhara service server 9 corresponds to the above processing of Fig. 44, and the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 45 is executed. In step S421, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 receives the content ID sent from the personal computer 22 (transmitted during the processing of step S403). In step S422, the CPU 121 determines whether the user has obtained the license corresponding to the content ID received at step S421. As described with reference to Fig. 31, the relatives and friends of Pokhara are registered with the content ID as the content information or the license ID as the license information. The CPU 121 determines whether or not the license ID is registered in correspondence with the received content ID based on the Pokhara information of Fig. 31. When it is determined in step S422 that the license corresponding to the content ID has been obtained, the process proceeds to step S423, and the CPU 121 receives the charge information sent by the personal computer 22 at the time of the processing of step S405, and performs charging processing. In step S424, the CPU 121 reads the password key corresponding to the license ID and transmits it to the reproduction terminal (in this case, the personal computer 22). The password key is received in the personal computer 22 as described above in step S406. In step S422, if it is determined that the license has not been acquired corresponding to the content ID, the process proceeds to step S425, and the CPU 121 performs error processing. Then, the CPU 121 transmits an error message to the personal computer 22. 84661-941213.doc -64- 1280495 %4 Correction Replacement Page Next, the processing when the terminal of the unsaved content reproduces the content will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Further, at this time, if the content is registered in the personal computer 26, the personal computer 22 reproduces the content. In step S441, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 enters the Pokhara service server 9, and receives the access information of each content registered in the Pokhara database 10. As described above, the access information of the content access destination (device holding the content) is registered in the Pokhara database 10, and the CPU 221 receives the information from the Pokhara service server 9. In step S442, the CPU 221 displays the encrypted content and the list of terminals holding it on the output unit 227 based on the received access information. The user selects the specific content from the displayed contents by operating the input unit 226. Therefore, in step S443, the CPU 221 selects the content based on the input from the input unit 226, and determines the access destination by the access information of the selected content. In step S444, the CPU 221 controls the communication unit 229 to perform direct connection processing on the access destination determined at the time of processing in step S443. At this time, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 enters the personal computer 26 in which the content is stored. In step S445, the CPU 221 transmits the content ID of the content determined (selected) in step S443 to the Pokhara service server 9. As will be described later, the Pokhara service server 9 sends a password key corresponding to the content ID (step S493 of Fig. 48, which will be described later). Therefore, in step S446, the CPU 221 receives the packet sent from the Pokhara service server 9. Password key. In step S447, the CPU 221 transmits the content ID to the content providing terminal (in this case, the personal computer 26). 84661-941213.doc -65- 1280495 year ·|0 repair (this is the replacement page j in step S448, the CPU 221 determines whether to save the content, the determination is based on the input from the user. When the CPU 221 receives the encrypted content sent from the personal computer 26, it saves it in the storage unit 228. In step S450, the CPU 221 transmits the update information of the access information to the wave. The karaoke server 9. That is, the content is transferred from the personal computer 26 to the personal computer 22 at this time, and therefore, the destination of the content is later turned into the personal computer 22 (the terminal holding the content is the personal computer 22). The access destination is transmitted to the Pokhara service server 9. In step S451, 0? 11221 decodes the encrypted content stored in the memory unit 228 using the password key received during the processing of step 3446. The reproduction output is output from the output unit 227. When it is determined in step S448 that the content is not saved, in step S452, the CPU 221 decodes the content using the password key, and reproduces the data stream from the output unit 227. Corresponding to Figure 46 above The processing of the personal computer 22 shown in the flowchart shows that the personal computer 26 that provides the content to the personal computer 22 executes the processing shown in the flowchart of Fig. 47. First, in step S471, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 26 starts the wave. Karaoke Wizard. In step S472, the Pokhara Wizard waits for access before receiving the access from other terminals, and when receiving access from other terminals (at this time, when the personal computer 22 receives the access), the process proceeds to step S473. And the self-reproducing terminal receives the content ID. At this time, the content ID transmitted by the personal computer 22 is received when the processing of step S447 is received. In step S474, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 26 transmits the password to the connection source 84461-941213.doc. -66- 1280495

化内容。此時,傳輸密碼化内容至個人電腦22。 如上所述,該密碼化内容於個人電腦22中,係於步驟S449 時保存,或是於步騾S452中予以解碼後資料流重現。 參照圖48說明對應於圖46之個人電腦22處理而執行之波 卡拉服務伺服器9之處理。 波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121於步騾S491中,傳輸存取 資訊至重現終端。亦即,CPU 121讀取登錄於波卡拉資料庫 10内之存取資訊,並將其傳輸至個人電腦22。個人電腦22 如上所述,在步驟S441之處理時接收該存取資訊。 於步騾S492中,波卡拉服務伺服器9之CPU 121自重現終 端(此時為個人電腦22)接收内容ID。該内容ID係在圖46之步 騾S445處理時,自個人電腦22傳輸者。 於步驟S493中,CPU 121自重現終端接收存取資訊之更新 資訊。該更新資訊係於圖46之步騾S450中,自個人電腦22 傳輸者。 於步騾S495中,CPU 121將步驟S494處理時接收之存取資 訊登錄(更新)於波卡拉資料庫10内。如此,由於内容移動, 因此先前個人電腦26作為存取目的地所登錄之内容之存取 目的地變更成個人電腦22。 其次,參照圖49之流程圖,說明將密碼化内容複製於其 他裝置之處理。如將個人電腦26保持之内容複製於個人電 腦52。 於步驟S511中,個人電腦22之CPU 221自波卡拉服務伺服 器9接收存取資訊。於步驟S512中,CPU 221依據步騾S511 84661-941213.doc -67- 1280495Content. At this time, the encrypted content is transmitted to the personal computer 22. As described above, the encrypted content is stored in the personal computer 22, which is saved in step S449, or is reproduced in step S452 after the data stream is reproduced. The processing of the karaoke server 9 executed in accordance with the processing of the personal computer 22 of Fig. 46 will be described with reference to Fig. 48. The CPU 121 of the Pokhara Service Server 9 transmits the access information to the reproduction terminal in step S491. That is, the CPU 121 reads the access information registered in the Pokhara database 10 and transmits it to the personal computer 22. The personal computer 22 receives the access information at the processing of step S441 as described above. In step S492, the CPU 121 of the Pokhara service server 9 receives the content ID from the reproduction terminal (in this case, the personal computer 22). The content ID is transmitted from the personal computer 22 when it is processed in step S445 of Fig. 46. In step S493, the CPU 121 receives the update information of the access information from the reproducing terminal. The update information is transmitted from the personal computer 22 in step S450 of FIG. In step S495, the CPU 121 registers (updates) the access information received at the time of the processing of step S494 in the Pokhara database 10. As a result, since the content is moved, the access destination of the content registered by the personal computer 26 as the access destination is changed to the personal computer 22. Next, the process of copying the encrypted content to other devices will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 49. The content held by the personal computer 26 is copied to the personal computer 52. In step S511, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 receives the access information from the Pokara service server 9. In step S512, the CPU 221 according to the step S511 84661-941213.doc -67- 1280495

處理時接收之存取資訊,將密碼化内容及保存其之終端的 列表輸出並顯示於輸出部227上。 使用者觀察該顯示,並藉由操作輸入部226來指定複製源 頭與複製目的地。 因而,於步驟S513中,CPU 221依據自輸入部226之輸入, 選擇複製之密碼化内容,並且分別選擇個人電腦26作為複 製源』選擇個人電腦52作為複製目的地。於步驟% ι4中, CPU 221通知複製至複製源頭或複製目的地。此時,複製源 頭為個人電腦26,複製目的地為個人電腦52,因此分別對 其進行複製通知。 ^ 依據該通知,如參照圖50與圖51之流程圖而後述者,自 複製源頭轉送、複製内容至複製目的地。 於步驟S515中,個人電腦22之哪221依據自複製源頭或 複製目的地之通知’判定複製是否正常結束。正常結束時, 進入步银S5 16,CPU 221更新存取資訊。亦即,此時,由於 内容被儲存於兩者,因此,存取目的地係登錄個人電腦% 與個人電腦52兩者。 於步驟S5 15中,判定複製並未正常結束時,進入步騾 S517,CPU 221執行錯誤處理。 其/入,參照圖50之流程圖說明複製源頭之處理。此時, 該處理係藉由個人電腦26來執行。 於步驟S531中’個人電腦26之咖221自個人電腦22接收 步驟S514處理時發行之複製通知(複製要求)。於步驟如2 中個人私腦26之cpU 221讀取記憶於記憶部228内之内 84661-941213.doc -68- 1280495The access information received at the time of processing is outputted and displayed on the output unit 227 with the encrypted content and the list of terminals stored therein. The user observes the display and specifies the copy source and the copy destination by operating the input unit 226. Therefore, in step S513, the CPU 221 selects the copied encrypted content based on the input from the input unit 226, and selects the personal computer 26 as the copy source to select the personal computer 52 as the copy destination. In step %4, the CPU 221 notifies the copy to the copy source or the copy destination. At this time, the copy source is the personal computer 26, and the copy destination is the personal computer 52, so the copy notification is separately made thereto. ^ According to this notification, as will be described later with reference to the flowcharts of Figs. 50 and 51, the content is transferred and copied from the copy source to the copy destination. In step S515, which 221 of the personal computer 22 determines whether the copying is normally ended based on the notification from the copy source or the copy destination. At the normal end, the step S7 is entered, and the CPU 221 updates the access information. That is, at this time, since the content is stored in both, the access destination is registered between both the personal computer % and the personal computer 52. In step S515, when it is determined that the copy has not ended normally, the process proceeds to step S517, and the CPU 221 performs error processing. The processing of the copy source is explained with reference to the flowchart of FIG. At this time, the processing is executed by the personal computer 26. In step S531, the coffee 221 of the personal computer 26 receives the copy notification (copy request) issued from the personal computer 22 at the time of the processing of step S514. In step 2, the cpU 221 of the private brain 26 is read and stored in the memory unit 228. 84661-941213.doc -68- 1280495

---------I---------I

六 年月1修&lt;0正替換頁I 谷、…露S533中―’〜使…其 —并条舟齋倍部 52。於傳輸正常結束時,cpu221將其内容通知個人電腦22。 圖51顯不對應於複製源頭之處理而執行之複製目的地之 處理此時,#複製目的地之處理係藉由個人電腦52來執 行。 個人私細52於步驟8551中,接收個人電腦22在步騾S5i4 處理時發行之複製通知(複製要求)。於步驟8552中,個人電 月旬52之CPU 221接收複製源頭之個人電腦26在步驟S33之處 理時傳鈿之内容。於步騾S563中,個人電腦52之cpu 將步驟S552處理時收到之内容記錄於記憶部228内。於接收 正常結束時,CPU 221將其内容通知個人電腦22。 以上’係使用者在連接於房間3丨之個人電腦22的站台23 上放置親友波卡拉人偶161或販賣波卡拉人偶丨81,來執行 各種處理,不過使用者亦可在連接於希望使用之機器的站 台上放置波卡拉人偶。如對應於親友波卡拉之角色3丨丨而附 加控制電視收訊機之功能時,使用者可藉由將親友波卡拉 人偶161放置在連接於配置在房間32之電視收訊機24之站 口 2 5上’來控制電視收訊機2 4。 此外,如亦可在站台23上放置親友波卡拉人偶161,而將 記錄於個人電腦22中之内容,於房間33内使用。此時,使 用者係在連接於房間33之個人電腦26之站台27上放置親友 波卡拉人偶161。此時,自個人電腦26收到存取之波卡拉服 務伺服器9讀取記錄於個人電腦22之内容資料,予以解碼後 傳輸至個人電腦26。因此,使用者可在任意位置(連接於希 84661-941213.doc -69 - 1280495 -- 牟&quot;月白修止替換頁 、用之機器之站台上放置親友波卡拉人偶161)使用内 、如使用者將親友波卡拉人偶161攜往職場5,放置在連接 、…置万、職场5之個人電腦52之站台53上,個人電腦Μ自 LAN51經由lsp4連接於網際網路丨,自網際網路1進一步連 '、、;皮卡拉服務伺服為9。目&amp;,使用者亦可於職場5確認 傳輸至自宅之郵件。當然,亦可自職場5寄出郵件。 如以上所述,使用者藉由攜帶親友波卡拉人偶⑹,並在 連接於希望使用之裝置的站台上放置親友波卡拉人偶 16卜可自其裝置接受發揮代理人功能之親友波卡拉相關之 服務的&amp;供。其裝置亦可為圖丨所示之行動電話6卜 疋行動%居61内並未連接站台,行動電話61内藏讀 寫器。因此’使用者可將親友波卡拉人偶161鄰近行動電話 61配置(使其接觸),|進入波卡拉服務飼服器9。 利用灯動電純時,因不存在站台,所以無法將親友波 卡拉人偶161始終放置料台上。因此,自行動電紐進入 波卡拉服務伺服器9時’對行動電話61鄰近配置親友波卡拉 人偶W時,係於波卡拉服務舰器9内進行存取(登入),而 後,即使自行動電話61拿開親友波卡拉人偶⑹,對波卡拉 服務伺服器9之存取(連接)仍然持續。 使用者於登出時’藉由適切操作行動電話61之按知等, 來顯示選單,自其選單中選擇登出之項目,來指示登出。 進行該操作時,可執行登出。 使用者將販賣波卡 使用販買波卡拉人偶18 i時亦同樣地 84661-941213.doc -70- 1280495 。 / 、....... .… . - · .... 拉人偶181配置 、 夏於仃動電話61之近旁(使其接觸)。此時,一 進行存取(登入)時,其存取(連接)於以後仍然持續至使用 者自選單指示登出。 •丨•一 11 二一 丄 ^ a ’由於内藏於行動電話61之CPU之能力低於内 職於個人雷!、八 物寺&lt; cpu,因此,顯示親友波卡拉或販賣波 +拉〈角色時之解像度、色數、多邊形數、慧差數等,比 .項不於個人電腦等時,變更成簡易之格式者。 波卡拉資料如可以基於XML之資料表現。此外,亦可使 用(登錄商標)顯示角色。此外,亦可利用i mode。 '寺心γ行動電話6丨與親友波卡拉人偶16丨時,若親友波 卡拉人偶161過大則攜帶不便。因而,將親友波卡拉人偶161 形成如可藉由鍵座保持之鍵(Key)的大小,如可以配件之方 式吊掛於行動電話61之帶子上。 由於1C曰曰片可縮小,因此,可形成可將親友波卡拉人偶 161吊掛於行動電話61之帶子上的大小。 除行動電話之外,亦可自pDA、數位一般相機、 Camcoder、錄影機、DVD放映機、硬碟放映機、汽車導航 裝置私恥遊戲機益等各種裝置對波卡拉服務伺服器9進行 存取。 以上,王要係說明利用内容時,不過,發揮代理人功能 之親友波卡拉即使並非為求生成參照圖3丨說明之快取資 訊,而分析使用者之嗜好,接受使用者指示,仍可自連接 於網際網路1之各種舰器取得使用者喜好之内容。因此, 使用者可經由親友波卡拉閱讀該快取資訊。親友波卡拉指 84661-941213.doc -71 - 瓜替換1 1280495 示閱覽快取資訊時,顯示介紹先前曾檢索之内容之販賣波 卡拉。使用者可經由該販賣波卡扭接收先前所取得之内容 的提示,作為快取資訊。亦即,此時不經由販賣波卡拉人 偶181來顯示販賣波卡拉。 使用者進入販賣波卡拉之入口網站時亦同。此等情況 下,收費並非經由販賣波卡拉,而係經由親友波卡拉進行。 再者,將販賣波卡拉之波卡拉ID加註書籤,如登錄參照 圖3 1說明之喜好資訊時,可迅速地進入其販賣波卡拉之 URL 〇 此外,以上係將親友波卡拉人偶161及販賣波卡拉人偶 181作成人偶形態,不過亦可形成動物、建造物及其他識別 物0 再者’販賣波卡拉人偶之變形例,如亦可利用光碟(CD) 及DVD(多樣化數位光碟)之封套作為識別物。 此時’ 1C晶片内藏於其封套(識別物)内。因此,將其封套 放置表站口上時,對應於其封套之販賣波卡拉之角色顯示 方、連接太站口的I置上。此時之販賣波卡拉如其封套為CD φ 之封套時’係形成正在唱歌之歌手的角色,作為收錄於其 CD之内容。 錢買波卡拉之角色進行與使用者虛擬對話,並介紹對 應之歌手之首頁的處理。 或疋販貝波卡拉依據記錄於其封套所收納之冗晶片内 3價券,讓使用者試聽其歌手最新的歌曲(内容)。此外, 錢晶◎記憶有記錄於其啊之内容相關說明及歌手 84661-941213.doc -72-Six years of the month 1 repair &lt; 0 positive replacement page I valley, ... dew S533 ― '~ make ... its - and boat trips 52. At the end of the normal transmission, the cpu 221 notifies the personal computer 22 of its contents. Fig. 51 shows the processing of the copy destination which is executed corresponding to the processing of the copy source. At this time, the processing of the copy destination is executed by the personal computer 52. In step 8551, the personal privacy 52 receives a copy notification (copy request) issued by the personal computer 22 at the time of processing at step S5i4. In step 8552, the CPU 221 of the personal power month 52 receives the content of the personal computer 26 of the copy source at the time of the step S33. In step S563, the CPU of the personal computer 52 records the content received in the processing of step S552 in the storage unit 228. At the normal end of reception, the CPU 221 notifies the personal computer 22 of its contents. The above user is placed on the platform 23 of the personal computer 22 connected to the room 3 to place a relative friend Pocara 161 or a Pokola doll 81 to perform various processes, but the user can also connect to the desired use. Place the Pokhara doll on the platform of the machine. If the function of controlling the television receiver is added corresponding to the role of the relative friend Pokhara, the user can place the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 at the station connected to the television receiver 24 disposed in the room 32. Port 2 5 on 'to control the TV receiver 2 4 . Further, if the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 is placed on the station 23, the contents recorded in the personal computer 22 are used in the room 33. At this time, the user places the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 on the platform 27 of the personal computer 26 connected to the room 33. At this time, the Pokhara service server 9 that has received the access from the personal computer 26 reads the content data recorded on the personal computer 22, decodes it, and transmits it to the personal computer 26. Therefore, the user can use it at any position (connected to 希84661-941213.doc -69 - 1280495 - 牟&quot;moon white repair replacement page, place the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 on the platform of the machine) For example, if the user brings the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 to the workplace 5, it is placed on the platform 53 of the PC 52 connected to the office, and the personal computer is connected to the Internet via the IP51 via the IP51. Internet 1 is further connected to ',,; Pikala service servo is 9. The user can also confirm the mail transmitted to the home in the workplace 5. Of course, you can also send mail from the workplace 5. As described above, the user can carry the pro-Friends of the Pokhara figure (6) by placing the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure (6), and placing the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 16 on the platform connected to the device that is desired to be used. The service & The device may also be a mobile phone 6 as shown in the figure. The mobile phone 61 is not connected to the station, and the mobile phone 61 has a built-in reader. Therefore, the user can configure (make it contact) the pro-Friends Pokhara figure 161 adjacent to the mobile phone 61, and enter the Pokhara service feeder 9. When using the lamp power pure, because there is no platform, it is impossible to place the relatives and friends of the Pola Couple 161 on the table. Therefore, when the mobile phone enters the Pokhara service server 9, when the mobile phone 61 is placed adjacent to the pro-Friends Pokhara figure W, it is accessed (logged in) in the Pokhara service ship 9, and then even if it is self-action The telephone 61 takes away the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure (6), and the access (connection) to the Pokhara service server 9 continues. When the user logs out, the menu is displayed by appropriately operating the mobile phone 61, and the item to be logged out is selected from the menu to indicate the logout. When this operation is performed, the logout can be performed. The user will sell the Poca. The same applies to the purchase of the Pokhara figure 18 i 84661-941213.doc -70- 1280495. / ,....... .... . - · .... Pulling the doll 181 configuration, Xia Yu is near the phone 61 (to make it contact). At this time, when access (login) is performed, the access (connection) continues until the user's self-selection order indicates the logout. •丨•一11二一丄^ a 'Because the CPU built into the mobile phone 61 has a lower ability than the internal job of the personal mine!, the eight things temple &lt; cpu, therefore, show the relatives and friends Pokhara or sell wave + pull <role The resolution, the number of colors, the number of polygons, the number of coma, etc., when the ratio is not in the case of a personal computer, etc., is changed to a simple format. Pokhara data can be expressed on the basis of XML data. In addition, you can use the (Login Trademark) to display the character. In addition, i mode can also be utilized. When the temple heart γ mobile phone 6 丨 and the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 16 ,, if the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 is too large, it is inconvenient to carry. Therefore, the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 are formed in a size such as a key that can be held by the key holder, and can be hung on the tape of the mobile phone 61 as an accessory. Since the 1C cymbal can be reduced, it is possible to form a size that can hang the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure 161 on the belt of the mobile phone 61. In addition to mobile phones, the Pokhara service server 9 can be accessed from various devices such as pDA, digital general camera, Camcoder, video recorder, DVD projector, hard disk projector, and car navigation device. In the above, Wang wants to explain the use of the content. However, the relatives and friends of Pokhara who play the role of the agent can analyze the user's preference and accept the user's instructions even if they do not generate the cache information described with reference to FIG. The various vessels connected to the Internet 1 obtain the content of the user's preferences. Therefore, the user can read the cache information through the relatives and friends Pokhara. Relatives and friends Pokhara refers to 84661-941213.doc -71 - Melon replacement 1 1280495 When viewing the cache information, it displays the sale of Pokhara which describes the previously retrieved content. The user can receive a prompt for receiving the previously obtained content as the cache information. That is, at this time, the sale of Pokhara is not displayed by selling the Pokhara figure 181. The same is true for users entering the portal for the sale of Pokhara. In such cases, the charges are not through the sale of Pokhara, but through the relatives and friends of Pokhara. In addition, the Pokhara ID of Pokhara is bookmarked. If you log in to the favorite information described in Figure 31, you can quickly enter the URL of Pokhara. In addition, the above will be friends and relatives of Pokhara Puppet 161 and Selling Pokhara dolls 181 as adult couples, but can also form animals, buildings and other identifiers. 0 Further, 'transformation of Pokhara dolls, such as CDs and DVDs (diversified digital) The envelope of the disc is used as an identifier. At this time, the 1C wafer is contained in its envelope (identifier). Therefore, when the envelope is placed on the mouth of the station, the character display side corresponding to the envelope of the sale of Pokhara, and the I connected to the station port are placed. At this time, the sale of Pokhara as the envelope of the CD φ is the role of the singer who is singing, as the content of the CD. Money buys the role of Pokhara to engage in a virtual dialogue with the user and introduces the processing of the corresponding singer's home page. Or the smuggler Bepokara will let the user listen to the latest songs (contents) of his singer based on the vouchers recorded in the redundant chips stored in his envelope. In addition, Qian Jing ◎ memory has a description of the contents of the singer and singer 84661-941213.doc -72-

1280495 [Ύψί 之促銷資訊等,販賣波卡拉介紹以上内容。 或是’其封套為DVD之封套時,出現收錄於其DVD内之 電影主角之角色,作為販賣波卡拉。其封套之1C晶片内記 憶有其電影相關製作過程之詳細資訊及折價券等,販賣波 卡拉依據其折價券進行販賣電影相關商品的處理。 此外’亦可賦予販賣波卡拉取得内容之權利,藉由使用 者購買販賣波卡拉,提供於喜好之場所隨時重現内容之服 務。此時’於販賣波卡拉之1C晶片内儲存表示可取得之内 容種類的服務ID。如購買具有可取得樂曲4〇曲部分之服務 ID之販賣波卡拉的使用者,可自記錄於内容伺服器内之 2500曲之樂曲中取得喜好的4〇曲。 圖52顯示此種服務。服務a係提供樂曲a至樂曲c之服 務,使用者藉由購買波卡拉丨至波卡拉3之任何一個販賣波 卡拉人偶,可獲得服務A之提供。於服務A中,顯示於使用 者 &lt; 個人電腦畫面上之波卡拉圖像形成虛擬波卡拉A。 服務B係提供樂曲D至樂曲F之服務,使用者藉由購買波 卡拉4或波卡拉5之任何一個販賣波卡拉人偶,可獲得服務b 炙提供。於服務B中,顯示於使用者之個人電腦畫面上之波 卡拉圖像形成虛擬波卡拉B。 服務C係提供樂曲E至樂曲〗之服務,使用者藉由購買波卡 拉6至波卡拉9之任何一個販賣波卡拉人偶,可獲得服務c 之提供。於服務C中,顯示於使用者之個人電腦畫面上之波 卡拉圖像形成虛擬波卡拉C。 圖53顯示使用販賣波卡拉人偶取得内容時之處理流程。 84661-941213.doc -73- 1280495 _一^^一-η %设月&gt;:4日修《_替換買 於步驟S611中’使用者將販賣波卡拉人偶181放置於對應於 使用之機器的站台上。如使用個人電腦22時,使用者係在 對應於個人電腦22而連接之站台23上放置販賣波卡拉人偶 18丨。而後,自販賣波卡拉人偶181之拕晶片傳輸波卡拉ID、 卡1D及服務ID至個人電腦22。 於步驟S631中,個人電腦22取得波卡拉1〇、卡m及服務 ID。於步驟S632中,個人電腦632進行參照圖54而後述之認 從要求處理。於步騾S633中,個人電腦22傳輸認證要求至 内容伺服器6,並於於步騾S651中接收。 於步驟S652中,内容伺服器6進行參照圖55而後述之認證 處理。藉此,進行波卡拉之認證。於步騾S653中,將認證 結果傳輸至個人電腦22,並於步驟8634中接收。 於步驟S635中,個人電腦22執行參照圖兄而後述之初始 資料取得處理。此時係自販賣波卡拉人偶181取得使用販賣 波卡拉人偶181所取得之樂曲(内容)一覽表及可下載次數之 計數器之值(步驟S622, S623),不過所取得之資料經過密碼 化。此等資料可使用記憶於内容飼服器6之鍵予以解碼,不 過個人電腦22無法解碼。 於步驟S636中,個人電腦22將步驟S623中傳輸之資料作 為服務資訊傳輸至内容伺服器6,並於步驟%54中接收。於 步驟S655中,内容伺服器6執行參照圖58而後述之初始資料 傳輸處理。藉此,顯示使用販賣波卡拉人偶181所取得之樂 曲(内容)之一覽表及可下載次數之統計值予以解碼,並作為 初始資料而記憶於個人電腦22内。於步驟%56中,内容伺 84661-941213.doc -74- 12804951280495 [Ύψί's promotional information, etc., selling Pokhara to introduce the above. Or when the envelope is a cover of a DVD, the role of the protagonist of the movie included in the DVD appears as a sale of Pokhara. The envelope of the 1C chip recalls detailed information about the film-related production process and discount coupons, etc., and sells Pokhara to process the sale of movie-related products based on its discount coupons. In addition, it can also give Pokhara the right to obtain content, and use the purchaser to sell Pokhara to provide services that reproduce content at any time in a place of preference. At this time, the service ID indicating the type of content that can be obtained is stored in the 1C chip selling Pokhara. If you purchase a Pokhara-selling user who has a service ID that can obtain the music part 4, you can get a favorite 4 songs from the 2500 songs recorded in the content server. Figure 52 shows such a service. Service a provides the service of music a to music c, and the user can obtain the service A by purchasing any of the Pokhara dolls from Pokhara to Pokhara 3. In service A, the Pokhara image displayed on the user &lt; PC screen forms a virtual Pokhara A. Service B provides the service of music D to music F. Users can obtain service b 炙 by purchasing any of Pokhara 4 or Pokhara 5 for sale. In service B, the wave image displayed on the user's personal computer screen forms a virtual wave cara. Service C provides the service of music E to music, and the user can obtain the service c by purchasing any of the Pokharas 6 to Pokhara 9 for sale. In service C, the wave image displayed on the user's personal computer screen forms a virtual wave cara. Figure 53 shows the processing flow when the content is obtained by selling the Pokhara figure. 84661-941213.doc -73- 1280495 _一^^一-η %定月&gt;: 4 days repair "_ replace bought in step S611" user will sell the Pocara doll 181 in the machine corresponding to the use On the platform. When the personal computer 22 is used, the user places a Pokhara doll 18 on the platform 23 connected to the personal computer 22. Then, the Pokhara ID, the card ID and the service ID are transmitted to the personal computer 22 from the wafer of the Pokhara figure 181. In step S631, the personal computer 22 acquires the Pokhara, the card m, and the service ID. In step S632, the personal computer 632 performs the recognition request processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 54. In step S633, the personal computer 22 transmits the authentication request to the content server 6, and receives it in step S651. In step S652, the content server 6 performs an authentication process which will be described later with reference to Fig. 55. In this way, the certification of Pokhara is carried out. In step S653, the authentication result is transmitted to the personal computer 22 and received in step 8634. In step S635, the personal computer 22 executes the initial data acquisition processing which will be described later with reference to the figure brother. At this time, the value of the music (content) list and the number of downloadable times obtained by the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 is obtained from the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 (steps S622, S623), but the acquired data is encrypted. Such data can be decoded using the keys stored in the content feeder 6, but the personal computer 22 cannot decode. In step S636, the personal computer 22 transmits the data transmitted in step S623 as service information to the content server 6, and receives it in step %54. In step S655, the content server 6 executes initial data transmission processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 58. Thereby, the list of the music (contents) obtained by selling the Pokhara doll 181 and the statistical value of the number of downloadable times are displayed and decoded, and are stored in the personal computer 22 as the initial data. In step %56, the content is 84661-941213.doc -74- 1280495

9¥2.失4曰修(史^正替換頁I — —— 服器6傳輸初始資料至個人電腦22,並於步騾S637中接收。 其次,參照圖54之流程圖,說明圖53之步驟S631之認證 處理。於步驟S701中,個人電腦22之CPU 221判定販賣波卡 拉人偶181是否放置於站台23上,並於判定已放置前待用。 於步驟S701中,判定販賣波卡拉人偶181已放置於站台23 上時,CPU 221進入步騾S702,取得販賣波卡拉人偶181之 波卡拉ID與服務id。販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片中,除上 述之波卡拉ID之外,還包含顯示服務種類(如服務A)之服務 ID ’與指定其晶片之卡id。此等資料予以密碼化,於步 騾S702中係取得經過密碼化之此等資料。 於步驟S703中,〇?11221依據於步騾8702中取得之資料生 成認證要求,並傳輸至内容伺服器6。 如此’販賣波卡拉人偶18 1之認證要求係對内容伺服器6 傳輸。 其次’參照圖55之流程圖,說明圖53之步騾S652之認證 處理。於步騾S721中,内容伺服器6之CPU 121接收認證要 求’於步驟S722中,使用解碼鍵,將波卡拉ID、卡m及服 務1D予以解碼。將波卡拉ID、卡ID及服務ID予以解碼之解 碼鍵係預先記憶於伺服器6之記憶部128内。 於步騾S723中,CPU 121判定於步騾S722中解碼之①是否 為正當之ID。此時,是否為正當1〇之判定執行如下。於伺 服器6之記憶部128内記憶有資料庫,其係記述有對應於服 務ID之卡ID ’來判定是否為對應於其服務ID之卡1〇。此外, 同樣地,依據記述有記憶於記憶部128之販賣之波卡拉人偶 84661-941213.doc -75- 1280495 条.ill 14P修(0正替換頁ί 之波卡拉ID—覽表之資料庫,來檢查波卡拉ID之正當性。 於步驟S723中,判定為正當之ID時,CPU 121進入步騾 S724,傳輸認證結果為認證OK至個人電腦22。於步騾S723 中,判定並非正當之ID時,CPU 121進入步騾S725,傳輸認 證結果為認證NG至個人電腦22。 如此,進行販賣波卡拉人偶18 1之認證。 其次,參照圖56,說明圖53之步騾S635之初始資料取得 處理。於步騾S741中,個人電腦22之CPU 221接收認證結 果。於步騾S742中,CPU 221判定所接收之認證結果是否為 認證OK。於步騾S742中,判定為認證OK時,進入步騾S743, 自販賣波卡拉人偶181取得計數器及下載完成之樂曲。 販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片中儲存有圖57所示之資 訊。販賣波卡拉人偶181如賦予有可取得40曲之内容之權利 的服務ID,取得内容時,儲存内容ID及取得日期時間。本 例中,於西暦2002年3月7日13時12分,取得對應於内容ID 「10001」之内容,下載完成之樂曲記述成内容ID「10001」。 而後,取得(下載)一個内容時,表示可下載次數之計數器之 值僅減少1。可下載次數之初始值為40,本例中,由於已下 載一個内容與許可證,因此計數器之值變成39。 另外,圖57所示之資訊予以密碼化儲存,於步騾S743中, 資訊在密碼化狀態下取得。 於步騾S744中,CPU 221於計數器及下載完成之樂曲上附 加特定之標頭,並生成服務資訊,傳輸至内容伺服器6。 另外,於步驟S742中,判定並非認證OK時,亦即為認證 84661-941213.doc -76- 1280495 ::魏松9¥2. Loss 4曰修(史^正换页I———— The server 6 transmits the initial data to the personal computer 22 and receives it in step S637. Next, referring to the flowchart of Fig. 54, the Fig. 53 is explained. The authentication process of step S631. In step S701, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 determines whether or not the Pokola figure 181 is placed on the station 23, and is ready for use before determining that it has been placed. In step S701, it is determined that the Pokal is being sold. When the even 181 has been placed on the station 23, the CPU 221 proceeds to step S702 to obtain the Pokhara ID and the service id for selling the Pokhara figure 181. In the 1C chip selling the Pokhara figure 181, in addition to the above-mentioned Pokhara ID In addition, the service ID of the service type (such as service A) and the card ID of the specified chip are included. The data is encrypted, and the encrypted data is obtained in step S702. In step S703, 〇? 11221 generates an authentication request based on the data obtained in step 8702, and transmits it to the content server 6. Thus, the 'certification requirement for selling the Pokhara figure 18 1 is transmitted to the content server 6. Next' refers to FIG. 55 Flow chart, illustrating Figure 53 The authentication processing of 骡S652. In step S721, the CPU 121 of the content server 6 receives the authentication request. In step S722, the Pokala ID, the card m, and the service 1D are decoded using the decode key. The decoding key for decoding the card ID and the service ID is previously stored in the memory unit 128 of the server 6. In step S723, the CPU 121 determines whether or not the decoded one in step S722 is a valid ID. The determination of the correctness is performed as follows. A memory is stored in the memory unit 128 of the server 6, and the card ID corresponding to the service ID is described to determine whether or not the card corresponds to the service ID. Similarly, according to the description, there is a database of the Pokhara figure 84461-941213.doc -75 - 1280495.ill 14P repair (0 positive replacement page ί Pokhara ID) which is stored in the memory unit 128, In order to check the validity of the Pokhara ID, in step S723, when it is determined that the ID is a proper ID, the CPU 121 proceeds to step S724 to transmit the authentication result to the authentication OK to the personal computer 22. In step S723, it is determined that the ID is not a proper ID. When the CPU 121 proceeds to step S725, the transmission recognizes As a result, the authentication NG is transmitted to the personal computer 22. Thus, the authentication of the Pokhara figure 18 1 is performed. Next, the initial data acquisition processing of step S635 of Fig. 53 will be described with reference to Fig. 56. In step S741, the personal computer 22 The CPU 221 receives the authentication result. In step S742, the CPU 221 determines whether the received authentication result is the authentication OK. In step S742, if it is determined that the authentication is OK, the process proceeds to step S743, and the Pokola figure 181 is sold. Get the counter and download the completed song. The information shown in Figure 57 is stored in the 1C chip selling the Pokhara figure 181. If you sell a Pokhara figure 181, you will be given a service ID that has the right to acquire 40 songs. When you get the content, store the content ID and the date and time of acquisition. In this example, at 13:12 on March 7, 2002, the contents corresponding to the content ID "10001" are obtained, and the downloaded music is described as the content ID "10001". Then, when a content is obtained (downloaded), the value of the counter indicating the number of downloadable times is reduced by only one. The initial value of the downloadable number is 40. In this example, the value of the counter becomes 39 because a content and license have been downloaded. In addition, the information shown in Fig. 57 is stored in a cryptographic manner. In step S743, the information is obtained in a cryptographic state. In step S744, the CPU 221 adds a specific header to the counter and the downloaded music, and generates service information, which is transmitted to the content server 6. In addition, in step S742, when it is determined that the authentication is not OK, that is, the authentication is 84661-941213.doc -76-1280495: Wei Song

NG時,CpU221進入步驟S745,執行錯誤處理β 如此,儲存於販賣波卡拉人偶181之1(:晶片内之表示下載 完成之樂曲之内容出與表示可下載次數之計數器之值在密 碼化狀態下傳輸至内容伺服器6。 其次,參照圖58之流程圖,說明圖53之步驟%55之初始 資料傳輸處理。於步騾8761中,内容伺服器6&lt;cpu 121接 收服務資訊,於步驟S762中,將計數器、下載完成之樂曲 丁以解碼。另外,將計數器、下載完成之樂曲予以解碼之 解碼鍵預先圮憶於内容伺服器6之記憶部丨内。 卜於步驟S763中,CPU221取得波卡拉資源。波卡拉資源係 藉由顯示於個人電腦之輸出部上之角色之三次元圖像之資 訊其角色之對話資料、其角色之名稱等資訊所構成之資 料並預先4己憶於内容伺服器6之記憶部128内。波卡拉資 源存在於各服務内,並對應於服務ID來指定。 於步驟S764中,CPU 121於計數器、下載完成之樂曲及波 卡拉資源中附加特定之標頭,作為初始資料而傳輸至個人 迅腦22。所傳輸之初始資料記憶於個人電腦22之記憶部228 内0 如此,使用販賣波卡拉人偶181取得(下載)之樂曲一覽表 鉍可下載次數藉由個人電腦22識別。此外,由於將販賣波 卡拉人偶1 81之1C晶片内所含之資訊予以密碼化,而僅可以 内容伺服器6解碼,因此可更確實地防止資訊遭竄改。 於步驟S764中,依據所傳輸之波卡拉資源,於個人電腦 22之輮出邵227的顯示部上顯示圖59所示之圖像。圖59中顯 84661-941213.doc -77- 1280495 ........................................ Λ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- — t..... .... __________ . J- 不有該服務使用之虛擬波卡拉5()1,並顯示有對白框502作 為其旁白。對白框繼内顯示有「EGC的現場表演好像在4 月20日於原宿的LUIDA」的文字。 服務提供者藉由更新波卡拉資源,可始終提供使用者最 =的資訊。此外,如此購買販賣波卡拉人偶181之使用者如 可取仵自己有興趣之歌手的最新資訊。再者,資訊之提供, 使用者可以容易親近的形式進行。 、其次,參照圖60,說明使用販賣波卡拉人偶181進行内容 之下載處理之流程。該處理係於參照圖53之上述處理結束 後進行。於步驟8831中,個人電腦22傳輸下載要求至内容 伺服器6,並於步驟S861中接收。下载要求之傳輸,如使用 者操作個人電腦22之輸入部226,藉由輸入特定之指令來執 行。 於步驟S862中,内容伺服器6執行參照圖61而後述之内容 列表傳輸處理。於步驟S863中,内容伺服器6傳輸内容列表 至個人電腦22,並於步•驟S832中接收。 於步驟S833中,個人電腦22執行參照圖64而後述之下載 處理。藉此,指定下載或預覽(試聽)之内容,並傳輸至内容 伺服器6。於步驟S834中,個人電腦22傳輸下載要求或預覽 要求至内容伺服器6,並於步驟S864中接收。 於步·驟S865中,内容伺服器6執行參照圖67而後述之内容 傳輸處理。藉此,傳輸内容至個人電腦22,並於步騾S835 中接收。此外,傳輸服務資訊,於步騾S836中藉由個人電 腦22接收,於步騾S811中藉由販賣波卡拉人偶181接收。 84661-941213.doc -78- 1280495 蘇:_ 止替换質j ______________ 其’入,參照圖61,說明圖60之步騾S862之内容列表傳輸 處理。於步驟S901中,内容伺服器6iCpu 121生成對應於 服務ID之内容列表。 於内容伺服器之記憶部128中如記憶有圖62所示之資料 庫。本例中’係記憶有對應於内容ID之服務ID、許可證、 下載完成1D。如第一列上記述有「100」作為對應於内容1〇 「1〇〇1」之服務ID,若為具有服務ID「100」之販賣波卡拉, 表π可取得對應於内容m「1〇〇1」之内容。此外,記述有 「XXXX」作為許可證,對應於内容ID「1001」之内容表示 可使用許可證「χχχχ」解碼。 下載完成(波卡拉)ID記述有「A」、「B」及「C」,波卡拉 ID為「A」、「B」及「C」之販賣波卡拉表示已下載對應於 内容ID「1〇〇1」之内容者。 再者,於内容伺服器之記憶部128内記憶有圖63所示之資 料庫。該資料庫内記憶有對應於内容ID之曲名、本週之隹 出點數、累計售出點數、收錄樂曲名稱、表示該樂曲是X 為新曲之新曲旗標。並記憶有該樂曲之歌手姓名、作詞者 姓名、作曲者姓名及演奏時間。 再者,記述有至介紹該樂曲之唱片套檔案之路徑、至該 樂曲之音樂檔案(如WAV檔案)之路徑、至卡拉0&amp;資料構案 之路徑、及至封套照片檔案之路徑。並記述有該樂曲之開 封日期、種類名稱、預覽開始框編號、預覽結束框編號。 如於步騾S631(圖53)中所接收之服務ID為「1〇〇」時,於 步騾S901中,生成對應於内容ID「1001」與「1〇〇3 , 84661 -941213 .doc -79- 1280495 ΓΤΤ^-----η 聲Έ '日m事)止替换i j 令的内备列表。内容列表中包含其内容之曲名、歌手姓名、 收錄樂曲名稱、售出點數等。 於步驟S902中,CPU 121將内容列表傳輸至個人電腦22。 如此’彳下載之樂曲一覽表傳輸至個人電腦22。 其次’參照圖64之流程圖,說明_之步驟S833之下載 處理。於步驟S921中,個人電腦22《cpu 221接收内容列 表。於步驟S922中,Cro 221判定可下載次數是否超過ι。 於步驟S637(圖53)中,自内容伺服器6傳輸可下載次數,並 參照記憶於個人電腦22之初始資料中之計數器之值來取 得。 於步驟S922中,判足可下載次數超過丨時,“I進入 步驟S923,顯示下載畫面。此時係於輸出部如之顯示部上 顯示圖65所示之畫面。圖65中顯示有虚擬波卡拉训對白框 511,其左上侧顯示有下載列表畫面51()。 圖66係顯示下載列表畫面51〇之顯示例圖。搁位531係顯 示所顯示之内容之歌手姓名的欄位,使用者藉由於欄位531 内輸入所需之歌手姓名’可於攔位536内顯示對應於其歌手 (内谷的曲名與售出成效。本例巾,就歌手「松下亞彌」 之内容,顯示其曲名與售出成效一覽表。 本例中,係於欄位531内輸入所顯示内容之歌手姓名,不 過於攔位531内如藉由輸人鋪,亦可於櫊位⑽内顯示對 應於其種類之内容之曲名與售出成效。 於攔位532内顯示可下載次數(樂曲數)。本例中顯示剩餘 「X曲」。 84661-941213.doc -80 - 1280495In the case of NG, the CpU 221 proceeds to step S745 to execute the error processing β, and is stored in the sales of the Pokhara figure 181 (the content of the music piece indicating the completion of the download in the wafer and the counter indicating the number of downloadable times are in the cryptographic state. Next, the content is transmitted to the content server 6. Next, the initial data transmission processing of step %55 of Fig. 53 will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 58. In step 8761, the content server 6 &lt; cpu 121 receives the service information, in step S762. The counter and the downloaded music piece are decoded, and the decoding key for decoding the counter and the downloaded music is pre-recovered in the memory unit of the content server 6. In step S763, the CPU 221 acquires the wave. Cara resources. Pokhara resources are information that consists of the information of the three-dimensional image of the character displayed on the output of the personal computer, the information of the role, the name of the role, and other information. In the memory unit 128 of the device 6, the Pokhara resource exists in each service and is specified corresponding to the service ID. In step S764, the CPU 121 is at the counter, The completed music and the Pokhara resources are attached with specific headers, which are transmitted as initial data to the personal brain 42. The initial data transmitted is stored in the memory unit 228 of the personal computer 22, so that the sale of the Pokhara figure 181 is used. The list of available music (downloaded) is downloadable by the personal computer 22. In addition, since the information contained in the 1C chip of the Pokhara doll 1 81 is encrypted, only the content server 6 can decode it. Therefore, the information can be more reliably prevented from being tampered with. In step S764, the image shown in FIG. 59 is displayed on the display portion of the personal computer 22 on the display screen 227 according to the transmitted wave-karat resource. -941213.doc -77- 1280495 ....................................... Λ - -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------- — t..... .... __________ . J- No The virtual karaoke 5()1 used by the service is displayed, and the dialogue box 502 is displayed as its narration. The dialogue box displays the text of "the live performance of the EGC seems to be LUIDA in Harajuku on April 20". By updating the Pokhara resources, the provider can always provide the user with the most information. In addition, the user who purchases the Pokhara doll 181 can take the latest information of the singer who is interested in it. Provided, the user can proceed in a form that is easy to get close to. Next, with reference to Fig. 60, a flow of downloading the content using the selling Pokhara figure 181 will be described. This processing is performed after the above-described processing with reference to Fig. 53 is completed. In step 8831, the personal computer 22 transmits the download request to the content server 6, and receives it in step S861. The transmission of the download request is performed by the user operating the input unit 226 of the personal computer 22 by inputting a specific instruction. In step S862, the content server 6 executes the content list transmission processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 61. In step S863, the content server 6 transmits the content list to the personal computer 22, and receives it in step S832. In step S833, the personal computer 22 executes the download processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 64. Thereby, the content of the download or preview (audit) is specified and transmitted to the content server 6. In step S834, the personal computer 22 transmits a download request or preview request to the content server 6, and receives it in step S864. In step S865, the content server 6 executes the content transfer processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 67. Thereby, the content is transmitted to the personal computer 22 and received in step S835. Further, the transmission service information is received by the personal computer 22 in step S836, and is received by the Pokola figure 181 in step S811. 84661-941213.doc -78- 1280495 Sue: _ Replacement quality j ______________ Its input, referring to Fig. 61, illustrates the content list transmission processing of step S862 of Fig. 60. In step S901, the content server 6iCpu 121 generates a content list corresponding to the service ID. The database shown in Fig. 62 is stored in the memory unit 128 of the content server. In this example, the service ID, license, and download completion 1D corresponding to the content ID are stored. If the first column contains "100" as the service ID corresponding to the content 1 "1〇〇1", if it is the sales Pokhara with the service ID "100", the table π can be obtained corresponding to the content m "1" 〇1" content. In addition, "XXXX" is described as a license, and the content corresponding to the content ID "1001" indicates that the license "χχχχ" can be used for decoding. Download Completion (Pokhara) IDs with "A", "B" and "C", Pokhara ID for "A", "B" and "C" for sale Pokhara indicates that the download corresponds to the content ID "1〇 〇1" content. Furthermore, the material library shown in Fig. 63 is stored in the memory unit 128 of the content server. The database stores the name of the song corresponding to the content ID, the number of points in the week, the number of points sold, the name of the music, and the new song flag indicating that the music is X. The name of the singer, the name of the lyricist, the name of the composer, and the playing time are also recorded. Furthermore, the path to the album file of the music, the path to the music file of the music (such as the WAV file), the path to the Karaoke, the path of the data structure, and the path to the photo file of the envelope are described. The date of opening, the name of the category, the preview start frame number, and the preview end frame number of the music are described. If the service ID received in step S631 (Fig. 53) is "1", in step S901, corresponding to the content ID "1001" and "1〇〇3, 84661 -941213.doc - 79- 1280495 ΓΤΤ^-----η Έ Έ '日日事) Replace the internal list of the ij order. The content list contains the name of the song, the name of the artist, the name of the song, the number of points sold, etc. In step S902, the CPU 121 transmits the content list to the personal computer 22. Thus, the 'list of downloaded music pieces is transmitted to the personal computer 22. Next, the download processing of step S833 of _ is explained with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 64. In step S921 The personal computer 22 "cpu 221 receives the content list. In step S922, the Cro 221 determines whether the number of downloadable times exceeds ι. In step S637 (Fig. 53), the number of downloadable times is transmitted from the content server 6, and the reference is stored in the individual. The value of the counter in the initial data of the computer 22 is obtained. In step S922, when the number of downloadable times exceeds 丨, "I proceeds to step S923, and the download screen is displayed. At this time, the screen shown in Fig. 65 is displayed on the display unit of the output unit. In Fig. 65, a virtual wave card dialog box 511 is displayed, and a download list screen 51() is displayed on the upper left side. Fig. 66 is a diagram showing an example of display of the download list screen 51. The shelf 531 is a field for displaying the name of the singer of the displayed content, and the user can display the singer corresponding to the singer (the name and sale of the inner valley by the singer name selected in the field 531). In this example, the singer "Panasonic Panasonic" shows the list of song titles and sales results. In this example, the singer name of the displayed content is entered in field 531, but in the block 531. By entering the shop, you can also display the title and sales results of the content corresponding to the type in the position (10). The number of downloads (number of songs) is displayed in the block 532. In this example, the remaining "X songs" are displayed. 84661-941213.doc -80 - 1280495

另外,該畫面中,藉由使用者於欄位533内輸入曲名,或 是於欄位534内輸入樂曲本名稱後,點選檢索按鈕535,可 檢索所需之内容(樂曲)。 回到圖64,於步騾S924中,CPU 221判定是否已指定内 容,並於判定已指定前待用。内容之指定如藉由點選一次 圖66之欄位536中之曲名來進行。 於步驟S924中,判定已指定内容時,進入步驟S925,CPU 22判定是否已指定預覽(試聽)。預覽之指示如藉由使用者點 選圖66之預覽按鈕537來進行。於步騾S925中,判定已指示 預覽時,進入步驟S926,CPU 221將預覽要求傳輸至内容伺 服器6。 於步驟S925中,判定並未指示預覽時,進入步騾S927, CPU221判定是否已指示下載。下載指示如藉由使用者點選 圖66之下載按鈕53 8來進行。於步騾S927中,判定已指示下 載時,進入步騾S928,CPU221傳輸下載要求至内容伺服器 6 〇 步騾8926或8928之處理後,0?11221於步騾8929中,將對 應於步騾S924中所指定之内容之内容ID傳輸至内容伺服器 6 〇 於步騾S922中,判定可下載次數並非超過1,亦即判定以 後無法下載時,或是於步騾S927中,判定並未指示下載時, 進入步騾S930,CPU 221執行錯誤處理。 如此,進行所需之内容的下載。 其次,參照圖67,說明圖60之步驟S865之内容傳輸處理。 84661-941213.doc -81 - 1280495 !蚝正替換頁 、 i — __________________ 一—— ^步驟8951中,内容伺服器6之cpu 121接收下載要求或預 覽要求,並於步驟S952中接收内容ID。 於步驟S953中,CPU 121判定於步驟8951中所接收之資料 是。要求下載,判定為要求下載時,進入步驟S954,執行 參照圖68而後述之下載内容傳輸處理。 另外,於步騾S953中,判定不是要求下載(係要求預覽) 時,進入步.驟S955,CPU 121執行參照圖70而後述之預覽内 容傳輸處理。 其’人,參照圖68,說明圖67之步驟S954之下載内容傳輸 處里於步騍S971中,CPU 121取得對應於内容id之下載用 資料。 於内容伺服器之記憶部128内記憶有圖69所示之資料。樂 曲邊緣資料601係記述有其樂曲之演奏時間等資訊的檔案 群,歌詞資料602係記述有其樂曲之歌詞的檔案群,唱片套 說明603係記述有介紹其樂曲内容之評論等之擋案群。封套 二片604係依據其樂曲之CD封套照片作成之電腦可讀取之 檔案(如JPEG檔案)群,樂曲資料6〇5係其樂曲之音樂檔案(如 WAV檔案)群。樂曲邊緣資料601至樂曲資料605係藉由各樂 曲 &lt;數個檔案構成,並對應於内容ID來指定各檔案。 如以上所述,於内容伺服器之記憶部128内記憶有圖63所 不 &lt; 資料庫,指定内容ID時,係指定至對應於其内容1〇之 唱片套說明槽案之路徑、至樂曲資料標案之路徑、至卡拉 OK資料(樂曲邊緣料及歌詞資料)财之路徑及至封套照 片檔案《路徑。於步騾仍71中,CPU 121自樂曲邊緣資料6〇1 84661-941213.doc -82- 1280495 甩 4 日修 ........., I, I II........ Ι&gt;Ί~ ...............Ill,» 至樂曲資料605中指定對應於内容ID之檔案,並合併此等檔 案,取得下載用資料。 於步騾S972中,CPU 121將步驟S971中取得之下載用資料 作為内容,傳輸至個人電腦22。所傳輸之内容於步騾 S835(圖60)中,被個人電腦22接收並記憶於記憶部228内。 此時所傳輸之内容予以密碼化,並在密碼化狀態下記憶於 記憶部228内。為求重現經過密碼化之内容,需要將内容予 以解碼之鍵(許可證),其内容後述。 此外,接收下載用資料之個人電腦22之輸出部227的顯示 部上,如於圖6 5所示之顯示晝面之對白框5 11内顯示下載的 進展狀況(如「完成X%之下載」)。 於步驟S973中,CPU 121判定該内容是否完成下載。此 時,係依據於步驟S654(圖53)中取得之服務資訊中的下載完 成樂曲,來判定該内容是否完成下載。 於步驟S973中,判定該内容並非下載完成時,進入步騾 S974,CPU 121更新於步騾S654(圖53)中取得之服務資訊中 之下載完成樂曲。如傳輸對應於内容ID「1002」之内容時, 在下載完成樂曲上加註「1002」。 於步驟S975中,0?11121扣除於步騾8654(圖53)中取得之 服務資訊中之計數器之值。 於步騾S976中,CPU 121將步騾S974與S975中更新之服務 資訊傳輸至個人電腦22。所傳輸之服務資訊,於步騾 S836(圖60)中,被個人電腦22接收,並於步騾S811中儲存於 販賣波卡拉人偶181之1C晶片内。 84661-941213.doc -83- 1280495 9442· U,,' • r i\ 、 . ( 、2步騾S977中,CPU121更新資料庫。此時,於圖62所示 、貝料庫中更新下載完成1D。如使用波卡拉ID「A」之販賣 、卡払下載對應於内容1D「1 〇〇3」之内容時,係於第三 列之下載完成ID内加註「A」。 另外,於步騾S973中,判定該内容為下載完成時,跳過 步騾S974至S977之處理。 如此,傳輸所下載之内容,同時亦更新販賣波卡拉人偶 1 81之ic晶片内的資訊。 其次,參照圖70,說明圖67之步驟S955之預覽内容傳輸 處理。於步驟S991中,CPU 121取得對應於内容1〇之預覽用 貝料。此時,係自圖69之樂曲邊緣資料601至樂曲資料6〇5 中指定對應於内容ID之檔案,並依據圖63之資料庫中之預 見開L框編號與預覽結束框編號,自標案中抽出特定部分 之資料’並合併作為預覽用資料。 此外,亦可預先準備畫質及音質稍差之預覽用樂曲邊緣 資料601至樂曲資料605,自此等中指定對應於内容m之檔 案’並合併作為預覽用資料。 於步驟S992中,CPU 121將步驟S991中取得之預覽用資料 作為内容傳輸至個人電腦22。 如此,進行内容之預覽(試聽)。於預覽中,由於並未扣除 儲存於販賣波卡拉人偶之1C晶片中之可下載次數(計數器 之值),因此使用者可隨意試聽樂曲。此外,於接收預覽用 資料之個人電腦22中進行資料之重現。此時,於個人電腦 22之輸出部227的顯示部上,如於圖65所示之顯示畫面之對 84661-941213.doc -84- 1280495 p竿勒伊'·日修(Mi射顏: 白框5 11内顯示内容之唱片套說明的内容。 使用者可使用販賣波卡拉人偶181重現取得(下載)之内 容。使用於重現之機器亦可為下載内容之機器,亦可為與 其不同之機器。 如使用已下載内容之個人電腦22時,使用者在對應於個 人電腦22而連接之站台23上放置販賣波卡拉人偶181。此 外’使用尚未下載内容之個人電腦26時,使用者在對應於 個人電腦22而連接之站台27上放置販賣波卡拉人偶181。而 後,進行與參照圖53之上述處理相同的處理,於個人電腦 22或26内記憶初始資料。 另外,本例中使用之機器係個人電腦22或26,不過使用 之機器並不限定於此。 其次,參照圖71,說明重現内容處理之流程。於步·驟su〇1 中,個人電腦22或26進行參照圖72而後述之列表顯示處 理。藉此,顯示内容之列表,並指定使用者須重現之内容。 此時檢索個人電腦22或26之記憶部228内是否存在所指定 之内容。 如使用者使用個人電腦22時,内容已記憶(下載)於記憶部 228内,不過使用者使用個人電腦%時,則記憶部228内不 存在内容。 内容不存在於記憶部228内時,於步騾811〇2中,自個人 迅細26對内各伺服斋6傳輸内容id,並於步驟s丨丨3丨中接 收糸步驟S1132中,内容伺服器6進行對應於内容1〇之内 容傳輸處理。由於該處理係與參照圖67之上述内容傳輸處 84661-941213.doc -85- 哮:·Γ々 1280495 理相同之處理,因此省略其說明。^驟81133中,内容伺 服器6傳輸内容至個人電腦26,並於步驟以丨们中接收。 另外,如使用者使用個人電腦22時,由於内容已記憶(下 載)於記憶部228内,因此不進行步驟Su〇2, SU31,SU32, S1133及S1103之處理。 於步驟S1104中,個人電腦22或26進行參照圖乃而後述之 許可證要求處理。於步驟S11G5中,個人電腦22或26傳輸許 可證要求至内容伺服器6,並於步驟81134中接收。於步驟 S1135中,内卷伺服器6進行參照圖76而後述之許可證傳輸 處理。藉此,傳輸將經過密碼化之内容予以解碼之解碼鍵 的許可證。 於步驟S1106中,内容飼服器6對個人電腦22或26傳輸許 可證,並於步驟S1106中接收。於步驟811〇7中,個人電腦 22或26進行參照圖77而後述之許可證重現處理。因而重現 内容。 其次,參照圖72之流程圖,說明圖71之步驟su〇1之列表 顯示處理。於步騾81201中,個人電腦22*26iCpu 221顯 不重現畫面。此時,於輸出部227之顯示部上顯示圖乃所示 之圖像。 圖73中顯示有虛擬波卡拉5〇1與對白框562,其左上侧顯 示有重現列表畫面561。 圖74係顯示重現列表畫面561之顯示例圖。欄位581係顯 不所頭不之内容之歌手姓名的欄位,使用者藉由於攔位Mi 内輸入所需之歌手姓名,可於攔位583内顯示對應於其歌手 84661-941213.doc -86- 1280495 卑-、月' 替换頁 之内容曲名與購例中,歌手「松下亞 彌」之内容顯示有其曲名與購買日期一覽表。 顯7F於欄位538内之内容中,已記憶於記憶部228内之内 谷曲名與購男日期以深色顯示,尚未記憶於記憶部228内之 内容曲名與購買日期以淺色顯示。 攔位5381第一列之曲名「桃色思念」與其購買曰期 「2002/02/G2」以淺色顯示,該内容係於過去使用該販賣波 卡拉人偶181取得,不過並未記憶於現在使用中之個人電腦 疋元憶部228内,亦即,該内容表示係被其他機器下載。欄春 位538之第二列之曲名「1000次KISS」與其購買曰期 「2002/G4/G4」以深色顯示,其内容表示係於過去使用該販 貝波卡拉人偶1 81而取得,並記憶於現在使用中之個人電腦 之記憶部228内。 本例中,係於欄位58 1内輸入有所顯示之内容之歌手姓 名,不過亦可於欄位581内,如藉由輸入種類,而於欄位583 内顯示對應於其種類之内容曲名與購買日期。 於糊位582内顯示擁有樂曲數量。擁有樂曲數量係表示使鲁 用該販賣波卡拉人偶181下載(取得)之内容數量,本例中顯 示為「Y曲」。 回到圖72 ’於步驟S1202中,CPU 221判定是否已指示重 現芡内容,並於判定已指示前待用。重現之内容的指示係 藉由使用者如操作輸入部226,點選兩次圖74所示之重現列 表畫面中所需之曲名來進行。於步驟s 12〇2中,判定已指示 重現之内容時,CPU 221進入步驟S1203。 84661-941213.doc -87- !28〇495 於步㈣加中,⑽221狀 用中义機器)内。如重現之内容係指示圖74之攔位583之第 列之内容(曲名「桃色思念」)時,判定重現之内容未在終 端内,而進入步驟S1204, CPU 221將對應於所指定之内容 之内容ID傳輸至内容伺服器,並下載内容。 此時’自内容伺服器6傳輸内容至個人電腦22或26。該内 谷傳輸處理(圖71之步騾S1132)係與參照圖67與圖68之上述 内春傳知處理相同之處理,不過,由於此時於步驟(圖 )中判足该内容為下載完成,因此跳過步驟S974至S977之 處理。 另外’如重現之内容係指示欄位583之第二列之内容「曲 名1000次kiss」」時,判定重現之内容在終端内,因此跳 過步驟S1204之處理。 如此,重現内容之指定,於其内容不在終端内時,則進 行内容之下載。 其次’參照圖75之流程圖,說明圖71之步騾S1104之許可 證要求處理。於步騾S1221中,個人電腦22或26之CPU 221 取得對應於所指定之内容之内容ID。於步騾S1222中,CPU 221於步驟Sl221中取得之内容ID上附加特定之標頭,並將 許可證要求傳輸至内容伺服器6。 如此’進行重現内容用之許可證要求。 其次’參照圖76,說明圖71之步驟S1135之許可證傳輸處 理。於步驟S1241中,内容伺服器6之CPU 121接收許可證要 求。於步騾S1242中,CPU 121判定内容是否下載完成。此 84661-941213.doc -88- 1280495 r——一 一一 一 |轉1,1 4b鋒擎土替換頁 f 時,係參照圖62所示之資料庫,檢查内容是否下載完成。 於步驟S1243中,CPU 121生成僅可重現一次之内容的許 可卩且。違弄可證之生成,如利用OpenMGX,Windows, DRM(數位權管理)等之記述來進行。於步驟81244中,CPU 121傳輸許可證至個人電腦22或26。 如此’傳輸將經過密碼化之内容予以解碼之鍵的許可證。 其次’參照圖77之流程圖,說明圖71之步騾S1107之許可 證重現處理。於步驟S1261中,個人電腦22或26之CPU 221 接收許可證。於步驟S1262中,CPU 221依據取得之許可證 將内谷予以解碼、重現。 此時’於個人電腦22或26之輸出部227之顯示部上顯示圖 78所不之圖像。圖78中顯示虛擬波卡拉501與對白框562, 於虛擬波卡拉501之左上側顯示重現列表畫面561,於虛擬 波卡拉501之左下侧顯示該内容之封套照片563。於顯示畫 面之對白框562内顯示重現中之内容的歌詞,虛擬波卡拉 501進行特定之動作。 如此進行内容之重現。 如此,可藉由内容伺服器6管理重現内容之許可證。此 外’由於内容予以密碼化,為求重現,須使用販賣波卡拉 人偶181來取得許可證,因此即使内容被不正當複製,仍然 無法重現,可保護内容之著作權。另外,購買販賣波卡拉 人偶181之使用者僅須將販賣波卡拉人偶181放置於站台 上’即可輕易地重現内容。重現内容時,必須於内容伺服 益6内判定販賣波卡拉之ID是否為正當之id,因此可更有效 84661-941213.doc -89- 1280495 地保護内容之著作權。 以上,係說明一種藉由内容伺服器6管理取得之内容的許 可成,不過亦可將卉可證儲存於販賣波卡拉人偶丨8丨之晶 片中,於重現内容時,自販賣波卡拉人偶181取得許可證。 如此,使用者可自由地取得並重現對應於販賣波卡拉人偶 181之服務ID之内容。 藉由識別物内保持使用者識別資訊,使對應於其識別物 &lt;圖像顯示於顯示部上,可使使用者立即瞭解本身與識別 物之關係,可避免錯誤使用其他使用者之識別物。 管理使用者識別資訊,接收自其他資訊處理裝置送來之 使用者識別資訊時,依據管理所接收之使用者識別資訊之 使用者識別資訊認證,依據其認證結果,其他資訊處理裝 置係經由網路傳輸顯示對應於使用者識別資訊之圖像用之 所需顯示資訊,因此可輕易且確實地識別使用其他資訊處 理裝置之使用者。 經由網路將取得之使用者識別資訊傳輸至其他資訊處理 I置,依據其使用者識別資訊,自其他資訊處理裝置接收 認證結果,再依據其認證結果,以顯示對應於使用者識別 資訊之圖像的方式來控制,可使使用者確實認證本身。 藉由使人偶内藏記憶體,使其記憶體内記憶使用者識別 貝訊,且使人偶之形狀為對應於顯示之圖像的形狀,可讓 使用者使用其人偶確實地進行認證處理。 藉由分配記憶識別物識別資訊之識別物,經由網路接收 識別物識別資訊時,獲得對應於識別物識別資訊之内容識 84661-941213.doc -90- 1280495 ----------―一-*— .,一一〜爪一和一〜, 別資訊,再經由網路傳輸對應於内容識別資訊之内容,可 只現可更有效地將内容分配於各使用者之系統。 經由網路將依據第二其他資訊處理裝置送來之識別物識 別資訊之通知傳輸至第一資訊處理裝置,對第二其他資訊 處理裝置之使用者進行收費處理,可安全地將内容提供給 各使用者,並且可確實回收對於提供之内容的代價。 精由取得讀於識別物内之内容識別資訊,並經由網路 傳輸内容識別資訊至其他資訊處理裝置,接收對應之内 容,並輸出所接收之内容,只須取得識別物,即可確實利 用對應之内容。 藉由於人偶保持之記憶體内記憶人偶識別資訊,並且使 其人偶之形狀對應於内容相關之圖像,可有效分配内容於 使用者。 藉由於識別物保持之記憶體内記憶内容識別資訊,並且 於其識別物内保持對應㈣容相關圖像之特徵,可讓使用 者更高興地使用内容。 上述-連串之處理亦可藉由硬體來執行,亦可藉由軟體 ㈣行。藉由軟體執行—連串之處理時,構成其軟體之程 式自網路及記錄媒體安樂认έ世士 一、 女友於組裝有專用硬體之電腦,或是 藉由安裝各種程式而可埶件久始、 執仃各種功旎 &lt; 如通用個人電腦 等。 如圖2或圖3所示,該記錄媒體係除裝置本體之外,另朽 分發給使用者提供程式用之記錄有程式之磁碟141,251(包 含軟碟)、光碟142,252(包含cd_r〇m(唯讀記憶光碟)、 84661-941213.doc -91 - 1280495 I H日修^止替換頁 VD(夕樣化數Κ光碟》、光磁碟143,253(包含(迷你光 碟))或精由包含半導體記憶體144,254等之套裝軟體媒體構 成《外’亦可在預先組裝於裝置本體内之狀態下提供使用 者之記錄有程式之R0M 122,222及記憶部⑶,228内所含 之硬碟等構成。 另外,本說明書中記述記錄於記錄媒體内之程式之步 驟,當然係按照所記載之順序時間序列進行之處理,即使 並非時間序列處理,亦包含並列或個別地執行的處理。 卜本說明書中所4之系統,係表示藉由數個裝置構 成之整個裝置者。 【產業上之利用可行性】 如以上所述’採用本發明之資訊處理系統及其資訊處理 方法,可實現可識別使用者之系統。此外,可實現可避免 使用者誤用識別物之系統。 采用本發明之第—貝訊處理裝置及第—資訊處理方法、 弟一程式儲存媒體與第一程式,可於其他資訊處理裝置確 實地識別使用者。此外,可讓使用其他資訊處理裝置之使 用者確實瞭解是否已獲得正確之認證結果。 採用本發明之第二資訊處理裝置及第二資訊處理方法、 第二程式儲存媒體與第二程式,可確實地認證使用者。此 外,可讓使用者確實地判斷是否獲得正確之認證結果。 知用本發明之第一人偶,可確實地識別保持其之使用 者。此外,可避免誤用其他人偶來認證本身。 知用本發明之資訊提供系統及方法,可實現可分發許多 84661-941213.doc -92- 1280495 ;H U U 涔… 内容之系統。此外, ^ 卜可實現可安全地分發内容之系統。 採用本發明土笛_ 、 Μ 一 σ 弟二為訊處理裝置及第三資訊處理方法、 .式错存媒體與第三程式,可確實提供内容給使用 外,可確實地自其使用者回收料内容之代價。 Μ ☆本發明纟第四資訊處理裝置及第四資訊處理方法、 弟四程式鍺存嫫辦虛^ 子踩與罘四程式,可於使用者使用中之機器 内提供所需之内容。 斤知用本發明之第五資訊處理裝置及第五資訊處理方法、 第五私式儲存媒體與第五程式,可輕易且迅速地利用内 容。此外,無須將其構造予以複雜化。 私用本發明之第二人偶,可輕易且確實地刺激使用者之 内谷購只慾。此外,可安全且確實地提供内容給使用者。 採用本發明之識別物可讓使用者更加享受内容。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係顯不適用本發明之資訊處理系統之構造例的區塊 圖。 圖2係顯示圖1之波卡拉服務伺服器之構造例的區塊圖。 圖3係顯示圖1之個人電腦之構造例的區塊圖。 圖4係顯示一種親友波卡拉人偶。 圖5係頒不親友波卡拉人偶之内部構造的區塊圖。 圖6係說明記憶於圖5之1C晶片内之資訊之圖。 圖7係說明使用者取得親友波卡拉人偶之處理的流程圖。 圖8係顯示一種親友波卡拉人偶。 圖9係說明圖1之波卡拉服務祠服器之親友波卡拉販賣處 84661 -941213 .doc -93- 1280495Further, in the screen, the user inputs the music name in the field 533, or inputs the music title in the field 534, and then clicks the search button 535 to retrieve the desired content (music). Returning to Fig. 64, in step S924, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the content has been designated, and is inactive until it is determined that it has been designated. The content is specified by clicking on the title of the field in field 536 of Figure 66. In step S924, when it is determined that the content has been designated, the process proceeds to step S925, and the CPU 22 determines whether or not the preview has been designated (auditory audition). The indication of the preview is performed by the user clicking the preview button 537 of Fig. 66. In step S925, when it is determined that the preview has been instructed, the process proceeds to step S926, and the CPU 221 transmits the preview request to the content server 6. In step S925, if it is determined that the preview is not instructed, the process proceeds to step S927, and the CPU 221 determines whether or not the download has been instructed. The download instruction is made, for example, by the user clicking the download button 53 8 of FIG. In step S927, when it is determined that the download has been instructed, the process proceeds to step S928, and after the CPU 221 transmits the download request to the content server 6 step 8926 or 8928, 0? 11221 in step 8929, corresponding to the step 骡The content ID of the content specified in S924 is transmitted to the content server 6 in step S922, and it is determined that the downloadable number does not exceed 1, that is, when it is determined that the download cannot be performed later, or in step S927, the determination is not indicated. When downloading, the process proceeds to step S930, and the CPU 221 performs error processing. In this way, download the required content. Next, the content transmission processing of step S865 of Fig. 60 will be described with reference to Fig. 67. 84661-941213.doc -81 - 1280495 !蚝正换页 , i — __________________ 1 - ^ In step 8951, the CPU 121 of the content server 6 receives the download request or the preview request, and receives the content ID in step S952. In step S953, the CPU 121 determines that the data received in step 8951 is YES. When the download is requested and it is determined that the download is requested, the process proceeds to step S954, and the download content transfer processing described later with reference to Fig. 68 is executed. Further, if it is determined in step S953 that downloading is not required (request for preview), the process proceeds to step S955, and the CPU 121 executes preview content transfer processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 70. Referring to Fig. 68, the download content transmission in step S954 of Fig. 67 is performed in step S971, and the CPU 121 acquires the download material corresponding to the content id. The data shown in FIG. 69 is stored in the memory unit 128 of the content server. The music edge data 601 is a file group in which information such as the playing time of the music is described, the lyrics data 602 is a file group in which the lyrics of the music is described, and the album description 603 is a group in which a comment describing the contents of the music is described. . The cover 604 is a computer-readable file (such as JPEG file) group based on the CD cover photo of the music, and the music data is 6〇5 is the music file (such as WAV file) group of the music. The music edge data 601 to the music composition 605 are composed of a plurality of music files, and each file is designated corresponding to the content ID. As described above, in the memory unit 128 of the content server, the data library of FIG. 63 is stored, and when the content ID is specified, the path corresponding to the content of the album corresponding to the content 1 is specified, and the music is recorded. The path of the data standard, the path to the karaoke data (the music margin material and the lyrics information) and the path to the envelope photo file "path. In step 71, CPU 121 from the music edge data 6〇1 84661-941213.doc -82- 1280495 甩4 day repair........., I, I II....... Ι&gt;Ί~ ...............Ill,» The music file 605 specifies the file corresponding to the content ID, and merges the files to obtain the download data. In step S972, the CPU 121 transmits the downloaded material obtained in step S971 as content to the personal computer 22. The transmitted content is received by the personal computer 22 and memorized in the memory unit 228 in step S835 (Fig. 60). The content transmitted at this time is encrypted and stored in the memory unit 228 in a cryptographic state. In order to reproduce the encrypted content, the content needs to be decrypted (license), the content of which will be described later. Further, on the display unit of the output unit 227 of the personal computer 22 that receives the download data, the progress of the download is displayed in the dialog box 51 of the display screen shown in FIG. 65 (for example, "Complete X% download". ). In step S973, the CPU 121 determines whether the content has been downloaded. At this time, it is determined whether or not the content is completely downloaded based on the download completion of the music information in the service information obtained in step S654 (Fig. 53). In step S973, if it is determined that the content is not the download completion, the process proceeds to step S974, and the CPU 121 updates the download completed music piece in the service information acquired in step S654 (Fig. 53). When the content corresponding to the content ID "1002" is transmitted, "1002" is added to the downloaded music. In step S975, 0-11121 is deducted from the value of the counter in the service information obtained in step 8654 (Fig. 53). In step S976, the CPU 121 transmits the service information updated in steps S974 and S975 to the personal computer 22. The transmitted service information is received by the personal computer 22 in step S836 (Fig. 60) and stored in the 1C chip of the Pokola figure 181 in step S811. 84661-941213.doc -83- 1280495 9442· U,,' • ri\ , . ( 2, step S977, CPU121 updates the database. At this time, as shown in Figure 62, the download is completed in the library. 1D If you use the Pokhara ID "A" for sale and the card download corresponds to the content of the content 1D "1 〇〇 3", add "A" to the download completion ID in the third column. In S973, when it is determined that the content is the download completion, the processing of steps S974 to S977 is skipped. Thus, the downloaded content is transmitted, and the information in the ic wafer for selling the Pokhara doll 81 is also updated. 70, the preview content transmission processing of step S955 of Fig. 67 is explained. In step S991, the CPU 121 acquires the preview material corresponding to the content 1〇. At this time, the music edge data 601 to the music composition data 6 from Fig. 69 5 specifies the file corresponding to the content ID, and according to the foreseeable L box number and the preview end frame number in the database of FIG. 63, the specific part of the data is extracted from the standard 'and combined for preview data. Pre-prepared for preview quality with poor quality and sound quality The edge data 601 to the music composition data 605, from which the file corresponding to the content m is specified and merged as the preview material. In step S992, the CPU 121 transmits the preview material obtained in step S991 as content to the personal computer 22 In this way, the preview of the content (audio audition) is performed. In the preview, since the number of downloadables (the value of the counter) stored in the 1C chip of the Pokhara doll is not deducted, the user can listen to the music at will. The reproduction of the data is performed on the personal computer 22 that receives the preview data. At this time, on the display unit of the output unit 227 of the personal computer 22, as shown in Fig. 65, the pair of display screens 84461-941213.doc-84 - 1280495 p竿勒伊'·日修 (Mi yan: the content of the album cover displayed in the white box 5 11 . The user can use the sale of the Pokhara doll 181 to reproduce (download) the content. Used in The reproducing machine may also be a machine for downloading content or a machine different therefrom. If the personal computer 22 of the downloaded content is used, the user is on the station 23 connected to the personal computer 22. The Pokhara figure 181 is sold. In addition, when the personal computer 26 that has not downloaded the content is used, the user places the Pokhara figure 181 on the station 27 connected to the personal computer 22. Then, the reference is made to Fig. 53. The same processing is used to store the initial data in the personal computer 22 or 26. The device used in this example is the personal computer 22 or 26, but the device to be used is not limited thereto. Next, referring to FIG. In the flow of the content processing, the personal computer 22 or 26 performs a list display process which will be described later with reference to FIG. 72 in step (step). In this way, a list of content is displayed and the content that the user has to reproduce is specified. At this time, whether or not the specified content exists in the memory unit 228 of the personal computer 22 or 26 is retrieved. When the user uses the personal computer 22, the content is memorized (downloaded) in the storage unit 228. However, when the user uses the personal computer %, the content does not exist in the storage unit 228. When the content does not exist in the storage unit 228, in step 811〇2, the content id is transmitted from each of the internal shortcuts 26 and received in step s丨丨3丨, the content servo is performed in step S1132. The device 6 performs content transfer processing corresponding to the content 1 . Since this processing is the same as the processing of the above-mentioned content transmission portion 84661-941213.doc - 85 - :: Γ々 1280495 with reference to Fig. 67, the description thereof will be omitted. In step 81133, the content server 6 transmits the content to the personal computer 26 and receives it in steps. Further, when the user uses the personal computer 22, since the content is memorized (downloaded) in the storage unit 228, the processing of steps Su〇2, SU31, SU32, S1133, and S1103 is not performed. In step S1104, the personal computer 22 or 26 performs the license request processing described later with reference to the drawings. In step S11G5, the personal computer 22 or 26 transmits the license request to the content server 6, and receives it in step 81134. In step S1135, the in-volume server 6 performs a license transfer process which will be described later with reference to Fig. 76. Thereby, the license of the decoding key that decodes the encrypted content is transmitted. In step S1106, the content feeder 6 transmits a license to the personal computer 22 or 26 and receives it in step S1106. In step 811〇7, the personal computer 22 or 26 performs the license reproduction processing which will be described later with reference to Fig. 77. Thus the content is reproduced. Next, the list display processing of the step su〇1 of Fig. 71 will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 72. In step 骡81201, the personal computer 22*26iCpu 221 does not reproduce the picture. At this time, an image shown in the figure is displayed on the display unit of the output unit 227. A virtual wave karaoke 5 〇 1 and a dialogue frame 562 are shown in Fig. 73, and a reproduction list screen 561 is displayed on the upper left side. Fig. 74 is a diagram showing an example of display of the reproduction list screen 561. Field 581 is the field of the singer's name that indicates the content of the singer. The user can display the singer's name in the 583, which corresponds to the singer 84461-941213.doc - 86- 1280495 卑-,月' Replacement page content title and purchase example, the singer "Panasonic Panasonic" content shows a list of its name and date of purchase. The contents of the field 7 in the field 538 are already stored in the memory unit 228. The name of the valley and the date of purchase are displayed in dark colors, and the content titles and the date of purchase that have not yet been memorized in the memory unit 228 are displayed in light colors. The first column of the block 5381, "Peach Color Miss", and its purchase period "2002/02/G2" are displayed in light colors. This content was obtained in the past using the sale of the Pokhara figure 181, but it is not remembered for use now. In the personal computer 疋元忆部 228, that is, the content representation is downloaded by other machines. The song titled "1000 KISS" in the second column of the column spring position 538 and its purchase period "2002/G4/G4" are shown in dark color, and the content is expressed in the past using the vendor's Bepokara figure 1 81. It is also stored in the memory unit 228 of the personal computer currently in use. In this example, the name of the artist whose content is displayed is entered in field 58 1 , but in the field 581, if the category is entered, the content title corresponding to the category is displayed in field 583. With the date of purchase. The number of pieces of music is displayed in paste position 582. The number of pieces of music indicates the amount of content that is downloaded (obtained) by the dealer for sale of the Pokhara figure 181, which is shown as "Y song" in this example. Returning to Fig. 72', in step S1202, the CPU 221 determines whether or not the reproduction of the content has been instructed, and is inactive before the determination has been instructed. The indication of the reproduced content is performed by the user, as in the operation input unit 226, by clicking twice on the desired music name in the reproduction list screen shown in Fig. 74. When it is determined in step s 12〇2 that the content has been instructed to be reproduced, the CPU 221 proceeds to step S1203. 84661-941213.doc -87- !28〇495 In step (four) plus, (10) 221 shape with the Chinese machine). If the content of the reproduction indicates the content of the column 583 of the block 583 of FIG. 74 (the song name "Peach Color Miss"), it is determined that the reproduced content is not in the terminal, and the process proceeds to step S1204, and the CPU 221 corresponds to the designated The content ID of the content is transmitted to the content server and the content is downloaded. At this time, the content is transmitted from the content server 6 to the personal computer 22 or 26. The inner valley transfer processing (step S1132 of FIG. 71) is the same as the above-described inner spring transfer processing with reference to FIGS. 67 and 68, but since the content is completed in the step (picture) at this time, the download is completed. Therefore, the processing of steps S974 to S977 is skipped. Further, if the content of the reproduction is the content of the second column of the indication field 583 "the number of songs is 1000 times", it is determined that the content of the reproduction is in the terminal, and therefore the processing of step S1204 is skipped. In this way, the content is reproduced, and when the content is not in the terminal, the content is downloaded. Next, the license request processing of step S1104 of Fig. 71 will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 75. In step S1221, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 or 26 acquires the content ID corresponding to the specified content. In step S1222, the CPU 221 appends a specific header to the content ID acquired in step S122, and transmits the license request to the content server 6. So, the license requirements for reproducing content are made. Next, referring to Fig. 76, the license transmission processing of step S1135 of Fig. 71 will be explained. In step S1241, the CPU 121 of the content server 6 receives the license request. In step S1242, the CPU 121 determines whether the content is downloaded or not. This 84661-941213.doc -88- 1280495 r - one one one one | turn 1,1 4b front engine replacement page f, refer to the database shown in Figure 62, check whether the content is downloaded. In step S1243, the CPU 121 generates a license for the content that can be reproduced only once. The generation of the violation can be performed by using the descriptions of OpenMGX, Windows, DRM (Digital Rights Management) and the like. In step 81244, the CPU 121 transmits a license to the personal computer 22 or 26. Such a license to transmit a key that will be decoded by the encrypted content. Next, the license reproduction processing of step S1107 of Fig. 71 will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 77. In step S1261, the CPU 221 of the personal computer 22 or 26 receives the license. In step S1262, the CPU 221 decodes and reproduces the inner valley based on the obtained license. At this time, an image shown in Fig. 78 is displayed on the display portion of the output portion 227 of the personal computer 22 or 26. In Fig. 78, the virtual wave 501 and the dialogue frame 562 are displayed, the reproduction list screen 561 is displayed on the upper left side of the virtual wave 501, and the envelope photo 563 of the content is displayed on the lower left side of the virtual wave 501. The lyrics of the content being reproduced are displayed in the dialogue box 562 of the display screen, and the virtual wave 501 performs a specific action. This reproduces the content. As such, the license for reproducing the content can be managed by the content server 6. In addition, since the content is encrypted, in order to reproduce it, it is necessary to use the Pokola puppet 181 to obtain a license, so even if the content is illegally copied, it cannot be reproduced, and the copyright of the content can be protected. In addition, users who purchase the Pokhara puppet 181 can simply reproduce the content by simply placing the Pokola figure 181 on the platform. When reproducing the content, it is necessary to determine whether the ID of the sale of Pokhara is a proper id in the content server benefit 6, so that the copyright of the content can be protected more effectively. 84661-941213.doc -89- 1280495. In the above, a license for managing the content obtained by the content server 6 is described, but the certificate can also be stored in the wafer for selling the Pokhara dolls, and when the content is reproduced, the Pokhara is sold. The doll 181 obtained a license. Thus, the user is free to acquire and reproduce the content corresponding to the service ID of the Pokhara doll 181. By maintaining the user identification information in the identifier, the image corresponding to the identifier &lt;image is displayed on the display portion, so that the user can immediately understand the relationship between the user and the identifier, and can avoid erroneous use of the identifier of the other user. . Manage user identification information. When receiving user identification information sent from other information processing devices, the user identification information is authenticated according to the user identification information received by the management. According to the authentication result, other information processing devices are transmitted through the network. The transmission displays the desired display information for the image corresponding to the user identification information, so that the user who uses the other information processing device can be easily and surely identified. The user identification information obtained is transmitted to other information processing devices via the network, and the authentication result is received from other information processing devices according to the user identification information, and then the image corresponding to the user identification information is displayed according to the authentication result. The way the image is controlled allows the user to authenticate itself. By allowing the person to store the memory so that the memory user recognizes the beep in the memory, and the shape of the figure is corresponding to the shape of the displayed image, the user can be authenticated using his or her doll. deal with. By distributing the identifier of the memory identifier identification information and receiving the identifier identification information via the network, the content corresponding to the identifier identification information is obtained 84461-941213.doc -90-1280495 --------- - "One-*-.", one-to-one-one-one-one-one, and other information, and then transmit the content corresponding to the content identification information via the network, and can only distribute the content to each user's system more effectively. Transmitting the notification of the identification information sent by the second other information processing device to the first information processing device via the network, and charging the user of the second other information processing device to safely provide the content to each The user, and can indeed recover the cost of the content provided. The content recognition information read in the identification object is acquired, and the content identification information is transmitted to other information processing devices via the network, the corresponding content is received, and the received content is output, and only the identification object is obtained, and the corresponding information can be used. The content. The content can be effectively distributed to the user by remembering the information in the memory of the doll and keeping the shape of the figure corresponding to the content-related image. The user is more eager to use the content by recognizing the information in the memory of the memory held by the identifier and maintaining the characteristics of the corresponding (4) related image within the identifier. The above-mentioned series of processing can also be performed by hardware or by software (4). By software execution - a series of processes, the software that constitutes its software is safe from the Internet and recording media. It is a computer that is equipped with a dedicated hardware, or can be installed by installing various programs. For a long time, I am obsessed with various functions such as general-purpose personal computers. As shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3, the recording medium is distributed to the user to provide a program-recorded disk 141, 251 (including a floppy disk) and a disk 142, 252 (including cd_r〇). m (read only memory CD), 84661-941213.doc -91 - 1280495 IH daily repair and replacement page VD (Evening CD), optical disk 143, 253 (including (mini disc)) or fine by The packaged software medium including the semiconductor memory 144, 254 and the like constitutes "outside" and can be provided in the state of being pre-assembled in the device body, and the user can record the programmed ROM ROM 122, 222 and the memory portion (3), and the hard disk included in the 228. In addition, the procedure of the program recorded in the recording medium is described in the present specification, and of course, the processing is performed in the sequence of time series described, and the processing executed in parallel or individually is performed even if it is not time-series processing. The system of the system 4 represents the entire device constituted by a plurality of devices. [Industrial Utilization Feasibility] As described above, the information processing system and the information processing method thereof are employed. The user's system can be identified. In addition, a system for avoiding misuse of the identifier by the user can be realized. The first embodiment of the present invention, the processing device and the first information storage method, the first storage medium and the first program can be implemented. The other information processing device can surely identify the user. In addition, the user who uses the other information processing device can know whether the correct authentication result has been obtained. The second information processing device and the second information processing method of the present invention are used. The second program storage medium and the second program can reliably authenticate the user. In addition, the user can be surely judged whether or not the correct authentication result is obtained. Knowing that the first person of the present invention can reliably identify and maintain the use thereof In addition, it is possible to avoid misusing other people to authenticate themselves. Knowing that the information providing system and method of the present invention can realize a system that can distribute many 84461-941213.doc -92- 1280495; HUU 涔... content, in addition, ^ A system for safely distributing content can be realized. The invention uses the soil whistle _, Μ σ 弟二二 for the processing device and the first The information processing method, the erroneous storage medium and the third program can surely provide the content to the use, and can reliably recover the content of the material from the user. Μ ☆ The fourth information processing device and the fourth information processing of the present invention The method, the fourth program, the virtual program, and the fourth program can provide the required content in the user's machine. The fifth information processing device and the fifth information processing method of the present invention are used. The fifth private storage medium and the fifth program can easily and quickly utilize the content. Moreover, it is not necessary to complicate the structure. The second person of the present invention can easily and surely stimulate the user. Valley purchase only wants. In addition, content can be provided to the user safely and reliably. The use of the identification of the present invention allows the user to enjoy the content more. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of an information processing system to which the present invention is not applied. Fig. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the Poclaella service server of Fig. 1. Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the personal computer of Fig. 1. Figure 4 shows a relative friend Pocara doll. Figure 5 is a block diagram showing the internal structure of the unaccompanied Pokhara figure. Figure 6 is a diagram illustrating information stored in the 1C wafer of Figure 5. Fig. 7 is a flow chart showing the process of the user obtaining the relatives and friends of the Pokhara figure. Figure 8 shows a relative friend Pokara doll. Figure 9 is a diagram showing the relatives and friends of the Pokhara service device of Figure 1 at the Pokara Sales Office 84661 -941213 .doc -93- 1280495

理的流程圖。 圖10係顯示一種販賣波卡拉人偶。 圖11係顯示一種記憶於販賣波卡拉人偶之1C晶片内之資 訊之圖。 圖12係說明圖1之個人電腦之波卡拉處理的流程圖。 圖13係說明圖1之個人電腦之波卡拉處理的流程圖。 圖14係說明圖1之個人電腦之波卡拉處理的流程圖。 圖15係說明圖1之個人電腦之波卡拉處理的流程圖。 圖16係說明圖1之個人電腦之波卡拉處理的流程圖。 圖17係說明親友波卡拉之公事包資訊之圖。 圖18係說明販賣波卡拉之公事包資訊之圖。 圖19係顯不波卡拉之顯示例圖。 圖2 0係顯示波卡拉之顯示例圖。 圖21係顯示選擇有郵件功能時之波卡拉顯示例圖。 圖22係顯示選擇有郵件功能時之波卡拉其他顯示例圖。 圖23係顯示選擇有行事曆功能時之波卡拉顯示例圖。 圖24係顯示選擇有行事暦功能時之波卡拉其他顯示例 圖。 圖25係顯示選擇有換穿功能時之波卡拉顯示例圖。 圖26係顯示波卡拉之其他顯示例圖。 圖27係顯示波卡拉之其他顯示例圖。 圖28係說明圖1之波卡拉服務伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖29係說明圖1之波卡拉服務伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖30係顯示一種登錄於圖丨之波卡拉資料庫内之使用者 84661-941213.doc -94- 1280495 年、月日修(0正替換頁 資訊之圖 圖3 1係顯示一種登錄於圖1之波卡拉資料庫内之親友波 卡拉之波卡拉資訊之圖。 圖3 2係顯示一種登錄於圖1之波卡拉資料庫内之販賣波 卡拉之波卡拉資訊之圖。 圖3 3係說明圖1之内容伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖34係說明圖1之個人電腦之内容接收處理的流程圖。 圖35係說明圖1之内容伺服器之内容提供處理的流程圖。 圖36係說明圖1之波卡拉伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖3 7係說明取得圖1之個人電腦之許可證之處理的流程 圖0 圖38係說明圖1之波卡拉服務伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖39係說明圖1之許可證伺服器之處理的流程圖。 圖40係說明圖1之個人電腦之内容重現處理的流程圖。 圖41係說明圖丨之波卡拉服務伺服器之内容重現處理的 流程圖。 圖42係說明圖1之個人電腦之預付金額更新處理的流程 圖。 圖43係說明圖1之波卡拉服務伺服器之預付金額更新處 理的流程圖。 圖44係說明儲存於終端内之内容重現處理之流程圖。 圖45係說明重現終端内之内容時之波卡拉服務伺服器之 處理的流程圖。 圖46係說明自其他終端接收内容提供之終端重現處理的 84661-941213.doc -95- 1280495 举、、月Λ 4日ί管^丨止替換頁 流程圖。 圖47係說明終端之内容提供處理之流程圖。 圖48係說明重現終端内容時之波卡拉服務伺服器之處理 的流程圖。 圖49係說明密碼化内容之複製處理的流程圖。 圖50係說明複製源頭之處理的流程圖。 圖5 1係說明複製目的地之處理的流程圖。 圖52係顯示使用販賣波卡拉提供内容之服務的構造圖。 圖53係顯示販賣波卡拉之認證與初始資料之取得處理流 程之流程圖。 圖54係說明認證要求處理之流程圖。 圖55係說明認證處理之流程圖。 圖56係說明初始資料取得處理之流程圖。 圖57係顯示一種儲存於販賣波卡拉人偶之1(:晶片内之資 訊之圖。 圖58係說明初始資料傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖5 9係顯示出使資料取得時顯示之畫面之顯示例圖。 圖60係顯不使用販賣波卡拉下載内容之處理流程的流程 圖。 圖61係說明内容傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖62係顯不一種記憶於内容伺服器内之資料庫圖。 圖63係顯不一種記憶於内容伺服器内之資料庫圖。 圖64係說明下載處理之流程圖。 圖65係顯示下載處理時顯示之畫面之顯示例圖。 84661-941213.doc -96- 1280495 _ 圖66係|員示下載列表畫面之顯示例圖。 圖67係說明内容傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖68係說明下载内容傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖69係顯示一種構成記憶於内容伺服器内之内容資料之 圖。 圖70係說明預覽内容傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖71係顯示使用販賣波卡拉重現内容處理之流程的流程 圖。 圖72係說明列表顯示處理之流程圖。 圖73係顯示於列表顯示處理中顯示之畫面之顯示例圖。 圖74係顯示重現列表畫面之顯示例圖。 圖7 5係說明許可證要求處理之流程圖。 圖76係說明許可證傳輸處理之流程圖。 圖77係說明許可證重現處理之流程圖。 圖78係顯示一種許可證重現處理時之顯示畫面之圖。 【圖式代表符號說明】 1 網際網路 2 網際網路服務提供者(ISP) 3 家庭 4 ISP 5 職場 6,7 内容伺服器 8 許可證伺服器 9 波卡拉服務伺服器 84661-941213.doc •97- 1280495 10 波卡拉資料庫 11 私人認證伺服器 12 公用認證伺服器 13 收費伺服器 15 基地台 21,51 LAN(區域網路) 22,26,52 個人電腦(PC) 23,25,27,53 站台 24 電視收訊機(TV) 31 〜33 房間 61 行動電話 121,221 CPU(中央處理單元) 122,222 ROM(唯讀記憶體) 123,223 RAM(隨機存取記憶體) 124 匯流排 125,225 輸入輸出介面 126,226 輸入部 127,227 輸出部 128,228 記憶部 129,229 通信部 130,231 驅動器 141,251 磁碟 142,252 光碟 143,253 光磁碟 84661-941213.doc -98- 1280495 €、::' ί垮1 #止香换, 144,254 半導體記憶體 161 親友波卡拉人偶 171 1C晶片 172,192 天線 181 販賣波卡拉人偶 191 1C晶片 230 連接部 241 讀寫器 321-1 〜321-7 圖符 311 特徵 351,361,371,381 視窗 341,391,502,511,562 白框 401 出订 501 虛擬波卡拉 531,532,533,534,536,538, 581,582,583 攔位 535 檢索按鈕 537 預覽按鈕 561 重現列表畫面 601 樂曲邊緣資料 602 歌詞資料 603 唱片套說明 604 封套照片 605 樂曲資料 84661-941213.doc -99- 1280495Flow chart. Figure 10 shows a sale of a Pokhara figure. Figure 11 is a diagram showing the information stored in the 1C chip of the Pokhara doll. Figure 12 is a flow chart showing the Pokhara processing of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 13 is a flow chart showing the Pokhara processing of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 14 is a flow chart showing the Pokhara processing of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 15 is a flow chart showing the Pokhara processing of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 16 is a flow chart showing the Pokhara processing of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 17 is a diagram showing the information of the family member of the relatives and friends of Pokhara. Fig. 18 is a view showing the information of the briefcase for selling Pokhara. Fig. 19 is a diagram showing an example of display of the volcano. Fig. 20 shows an example of the display of Pokhara. Fig. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a Pokhara display when a mail function is selected. Fig. 22 is a view showing another example of display of Pokhara when the mail function is selected. Fig. 23 is a diagram showing an example of a Pokhara display when a calendar function is selected. Fig. 24 is a view showing another example of the display of the Pokhara when the calendar function is selected. Fig. 25 is a view showing an example of a Pokhara display when a switch-through function is selected. Fig. 26 is a view showing another example of display of Pokhara. Fig. 27 is a view showing another example of display of Pokhara. Figure 28 is a flow chart showing the processing of the Pokhara service server of Figure 1. Figure 29 is a flow chart showing the processing of the Pokhara service server of Figure 1. Figure 30 is a diagram showing a user who is registered in the Pokhara database of the figure 84461-941213.doc -94- 1280495, the day of the month repair (0 is a replacement page information Figure 3 1 shows a login in Figure 1 Figure of the Pokhara information of the relatives and friends of the Pokhara database. Figure 3 2 shows a map of the Pokhara information of Pokhara sold in the Pokhara database of Figure 1. Figure 3 Fig. 34 is a flow chart for explaining the content receiving processing of the personal computer of Fig. 1. Fig. 35 is a flow chart for explaining the content providing processing of the content server of Fig. 1. Fig. 36 is a diagram for explaining Figure 3 is a flow chart showing the process of obtaining the license of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 38 is a flow chart showing the processing of the Pokhara service server of Figure 1. Figure 39 is a flow chart for explaining the processing of the license server of Figure 1. Figure 40 is a flow chart for explaining the content reproduction process of the personal computer of Figure 1. Figure 41 is a diagram showing the contents of the Pokhara service server of Figure 1. Flowchart of recurring processing. Figure 42 is a diagram Fig. 43 is a flow chart for explaining the prepaid amount update processing of the Pokhara service server of Fig. 1. Fig. 44 is a view showing the content reproduction processing stored in the terminal. Figure 45 is a flow chart for explaining the processing of the Pokhara service server when reproducing the content in the terminal. Figure 46 is a diagram showing 84461-941213.doc-95- 1280495 、,月月Λ 4th ί 丨 丨 替换 替换 替换 替换 替换 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图 流程图Fig. 49 is a flow chart showing the process of copying the encrypted content. Fig. 50 is a flow chart showing the process of copying the source. Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing the process of copying the destination. Fig. 52 is a view showing the use of the sale of Pokhara. Fig. 53 is a flow chart showing the process of obtaining the authentication and initial data of the sales of Pokhara. Fig. 54 is a flow chart showing the process of the authentication request. Figure 5 is a flow chart illustrating the initial data acquisition process. Figure 57 is a flow chart showing the initial data acquisition process. Figure 57 is a diagram showing the information stored in the Pokola figure 1 (: information in the wafer. Figure 58 is a diagram showing the initial data. Fig. 5 is a view showing a display of a screen displayed when data is acquired. Fig. 60 is a flow chart showing a flow of processing for downloading content for downloading Pokhara. Fig. 61 is a diagram showing the content transfer processing. Fig. 62 shows a database diagram stored in the content server. Fig. 63 shows a database diagram stored in the content server. Fig. 64 is a flow chart showing the download processing. Fig. 65 is a diagram showing an example of display of a screen displayed at the time of download processing. 84661-941213.doc -96- 1280495 _ Figure 66 is a display example of the download list screen. Fig. 67 is a flow chart showing the content transmission processing. Figure 68 is a flow chart showing the process of downloading content transmission. Figure 69 is a diagram showing a form of content material that is stored in a content server. Fig. 70 is a flow chart showing the preview content transmission processing. Figure 71 is a flow chart showing the flow of processing using Pokhara to reproduce content. Fig. 72 is a flow chart showing the list display processing. Fig. 73 is a diagram showing an example of display of a screen displayed in the list display processing. Fig. 74 is a diagram showing an example of display of a reproduction list screen. Figure 7 5 is a flow chart illustrating the processing of license requirements. Figure 76 is a flow chart illustrating the license transfer process. Fig. 77 is a flow chart showing the process of license reproduction. Fig. 78 is a view showing a display screen at the time of license reproduction processing. [Illustration of Symbols] 1 Internet 2 Internet Service Provider (ISP) 3 Home 4 ISP 5 Workplace 6, 7 Content Server 8 License Server 9 Pokhara Service Server 84461-941213.doc • 97- 1280495 10 Pokhara database 11 Private authentication server 12 Public authentication server 13 Charging server 15 Base station 21, 51 LAN (local area network) 22, 26, 52 Personal computer (PC) 23, 25, 27, 53 Station 24 TV receiver (TV) 31 ~ 33 Room 61 Mobile phone 121, 221 CPU (Central Processing Unit) 122, 222 ROM (read only memory) 123, 223 RAM (random access memory) 124 Bus 125, 225 Input and output interface 126, 226 Input Section 127,227 Output section 128,228 Memory section 129,229 Communication section 130,231 Driver 141,251 Disk 142,252 Disc 143,253 Optical disk 84461-941213.doc -98- 1280495 €,::' ί垮1 #止香换, 144,254 Semiconductor memory 161 Friends and friends wave Kara doll 171 1C wafer 172,192 antenna 181 selling Pokara doll 191 1C wafer 230 connection 241 reader 321-1 ~ 321-7 icon 311 351,361,371,381 window 341,391,502,511,562 white frame 401 booked 501 virtual wave 531,532,533,534,536,538, 581,582,583 block 535 search button 537 preview button 561 reproduce list screen 601 music edge data 602 lyrics information 603 record cover 604 cover photo 605 music information 84661-941213.doc -99- 1280495

510 下載列表畫面 301 出場口 84661-941213.doc -100-510 Download list screen 301 Exit 84661-941213.doc -100-

Claims (1)

1280495 拾、申請專利範園·· 一種資訊處理系統,其特徵為包含: 4別物’其係保持識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 第一資訊處理裝置,執行特定處理; 讀取裝ί,其係、對應於前述第—資訊處理裝置而設 置丄並ΐ取前述識別物保持之前述使用者制資訊;及 第一貝訊處理裝置,其係經由網路,自前述第一資訊 處理裝置接收、認證藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使 用者識別資訊,再經由前述網路傳輸其認證結果至前述 第一資訊處理裝置; 、且依據藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使用者識別 貝訊Μ則14第_資訊處理裝置之前述使用者識別資訊 &lt; w n t果,使對應於前述識別物之圖像顯示於前述第 一資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之資訊處理系統,其中前述第二資 訊處理裝置、、二由㈤述網路取得利用前述第一資訊處理裝 置之a it使用者之使用者資訊,將對應於前述使用者資 t mi ϋ jii者之使用者識別資訊記憶於前述識別 物保持《z k體後’執行將前述識別物分發給前述使用 者之處理。 3.如申巧專利範圍第2項之資訊處理系統,其中前述讀取裝 置無法讀取保持於前述識別物内之資訊的狀態下,解除 經由前述第H處理裝置與前述第二資訊處理裝置之 前述網路的連接。 84661-941213.doc U ΪΖ 1280495 4 ·如中請專利範圍第i項之資訊處理系統,其中前述識別物 為人偶。 其特徵為該系統包 一種資訊處理系統之資訊處理方法 含: 識別物,其#保持識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 資訊處理裝置,執行特定處理; 讀取裝置,其係對應於前述資訊處理裝置而設置,並 讀取前述識別物保持之前述使用者識別資訊;及 第二資訊處理裝置,其係經由網路自前述第一資訊處 理裝置接收、認證藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使用 者識別資訊,再經由前述網路將其認證結果傳輸至前述 第一資訊處理裝置;其中, 依據藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使用者識別資 訊與前述第二資訊處理裝置之前述使用者識別資訊之 認證結果,使對應於前述識別物之圖像顯示於前述第一 資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 種一凡處理裝置,其係經由網路與其他資訊處理裝置 連接,其特徵為具備: 管理機構’其係管理識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 接收機構,其係藉由對應於前述其他資訊處理裝置之 讀料置讀取,並接收藉由前述其他資訊處理裝置送來 之前述使用者識別資訊; 一機構’其係依據藉由前述管理機構管理之前述使 用者識別資訊認證藉由前述接收機構所接收之前述使 84661-941213.doc 1280495 用者識別資訊 #4 lg 1 ί! 及 — —丨丨· ...... :值)正替換, 傳輸機構’其係依據前述認證機構之認證結果,前述 其他資訊處理裝置經由前述網路傳輸顯示對應於藉由 前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使用者識別資訊之圖像時 所需之顯示資訊。 7·如申請專利範圍第6項之資訊處理裝置,其中對應於前述 使用者識別資訊之圖像為對應於記憶有前述使用者識別 資訊之識別物之形狀的圖像。 8·如申請專利範圍第7項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步具備 分發機構’其係執行分發前述識別物給前述使用者之處 理,該識別物具有記憶有對應於利用前述其他資訊處理 裝置之前述使用者之使用者資訊之前述使用者識別資訊 的記憶體。 9·如申請專利範圍第7項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述識別物 為人偶。 10·如申請專利範圍第6項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述接收機 構接收則述識別物放置於前述讀取裝置上時所讀取之前 述使用者識別資訊,並且接收表示前述識別物自前述讀 取裝置取下之信號, 則述管理機構進一步管理對應於前述使用者識別資 訊,岫述使用者利用之内容的相關資訊, 可述接收機構進一步具備更新機構,其係收到表示前 述識別物自前述讀取裝置取下之信號時,更新對應於前 述使用者識別資訊所管理之前述内容相關資訊。 84661-941213.doc 1280495 11. 年麵遊丨誇.yd止替换罠| 連接之資訊處理裝置之資訊處理方法,其特徵為包含: 管理步驟,其係管理識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 」妾,步驟’其係藉由對應於前述其他資訊處理裝置之 ^•貝耳裝置項取接收藉由前述其他資訊處理裝置送來之 前述使用者識別資訊; 認證步驟,其係依據藉由前述管理步驟之處理所管理 之前述使用者識別資訊,減藉由前述接收步驟之處理 收到之前述使用者識別資訊;及 傳f步驟,其係依據前述認證步驟之處理之認證結 果’則述其他資訊處理裝置經由前述網路傳輸顯示對應 於藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取之前述使用者識別資訊之 圖像時所需之顯示資訊。 12.-種儲存有電腦可讀取之程式之程式儲存媒體,其特徵 為:該程式係控制經由網路與其他資訊處理裝置連接之 資訊處理裝置之電腦的程式,且包含: 管理步驟,其係管理識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 接收步驟’其係藉由對應於前述其他資訊處理裝置之 讀取裝置讀取,接收藉由前述其他資訊處理裝置送來之 前述使用者識別資訊; 認證步驟,其係依據藉由前述管理步驟之處理所管理 之前述使用者識別資訊,認證藉由前述接收步驟之處理 收到之前述使用者識別資訊;及 傳輸步驟,其係依據前述認證步驟之處理之認證結 84661-941213.doc 1280495 :9i 果,前述其他資訊處理裝置鉀忐二 13. 於藉由前述讀取裝置所讀取工則乂網路傳輸顯示對應 圖像時所需之顧示資訊則述使用者識別資訊之 連:貝::理裝置’其係經由網路與其他資訊處理裝置 運接,其特徵為具備: =,其係取得識別使用者之使用者識別資訊; 取/ju㈣前_路㈣由前述取得機構所 裝置.j &amp;使用者相資訊傳輸至前述其他資訊處理 接收機構’其絲據藉由前述傳輸機構所傳輸之前述 使用者識料訊’接收藉由前料他資訊處理裝置認證 後之結果;及 控制機構’其係依據藉由前述接收機構所接收之認證 結果,以顯示對應於藉由前述取得機構所取得之前述使 用者識別資訊之圖像之方式控制顯示。 14·如申請專利範圍第13項之資訊處理裝置,其中對應於前 述使用者識別資訊之圖像為對應於前述記憶有使用者識 別資訊之識別物形狀之圖像。 15.如申請專利範圍第14項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述識別 物為人偶。 16·如申請專利範圍第15項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步具 備讀取機構,其係自前述人偶讀取前述使用者識別資 訊,前述取得機構取得藉由前述讀取機構所讀取之前述 使用者識別資訊。 84661-941213.doc 1280495 •如中請專利範園第16項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述讀取 機構與w述資訊處理裝置獨立設置,並且連接於前述資 訊處理裝置,放置有前述人偶時,讀取記憶於前述人偶 内又前述使用者識別資訊。 如申請專利範圍第17項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步具 :機構’其係檢測前述人偶自前述讀取機構取下, 則述傳輸機構於藉由前述檢測機構檢測出前述人偶自前 &lt;哨取機構取下時,進一步經由前述網路將表示前述人 偶自則述讀取機構取下之信號傳輸至前述其他資訊處理 裝置。 .如申請專利範圍第18項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述控制 機構於藉由前述檢測機構檢測出前述人偶已自前述讀取 機構取下時’解除經由前述網路對前述其他資訊處理裝 20. Γ種資訊處理方法,其係經由網路與其他資訊處理裝置 連接二資訊處理裝置之資訊處理方法,其特徵為包含: =:驟,其係取得識別使用者之使用者識別資訊,· 傳•步帮’其係經由前述網路將藉由前述取得步驟之 :所取得之前述使用者識別資訊傳 訊處理裝置; j TO貝 接收步驟,其係依據藉由 去 之前述使用者識別資訊,接收;1專=&lt; 處理所傳輸 置認證後之結H 精由㈣其他資訊處理裝 乙制步.¾,其係依據藉&amp; 炊叹梦騾《處理所接收 84661-941213.doc 1280495 年4jf· ¥修(|^£ 'A UJ,^, ,^.ΙΤ.Π— im_____‘--»««.·. ......... ^ ^ 之認證結果,以顯示對應於藉由 4 %‘ 4續取步驟之處理所 項取&lt;則述使用者識別資訊之 21 —餘件*本 万式控制顯示。 .種儲存有電腦可讀取之程式之程f A . _ ^ 狂式儲存媒體,其特徵 為·这各式係控制經由網路與其他 咨如♦Μ 貝‘處理裝置連接之 貝訊處理裝置之電腦的程式,且包含·· 取得步驟,其係取得識別使 .者&lt;使用者識別資訊; 傳輸步驟’其係經由前述網路 峪糈猎由前述取得步騾之 處理所取得之前述使用者識 、 4〜貝⑺傳輸至前述其他資 訊處理裝置; 、 接收步驟,其係依據藉由前述傳 k得輸步驟《處理所傳輸 &lt;則述使用者識別資訊,接收藉 置認證後之結H 彳精“ «他資訊處理裝 22. 控制步驟,其係依據藉由前述接收步驟之處理所接收 心忍證結果,以顯示對應於藉由前述讀取步驟之處理所 項取(前述使用者識別資訊之圖像之方式_顯示。 種人偶’其特徵為:係使用資訊處理裝置時利用之人 偶,且具有: 記憶體’其係記憶識職有使用者之使用者識別资 訊;及 〃 對應於圖像之形狀,該圖像係藉由對應於前述資訊處 2裝置之讀取裝置所讀出之前述使用者識別資訊經認 證時,I員示於前述資訊處理裝置之顯示部上。 23· —種資訊提供系統,其特徵為包含: 第一資訊處理裝置,其係經由網路提供内容; 84661-941213.doc 1280495 年^伊· 吏UL替換頁 L ----,一 丨丨』 _ 第二資訊處理裝置,其係經由前述網路接受前述内容 之提供;及 第三資訊處理裝置,其係將依據前述第二資訊處理裝 置要求之#號輸出至别述弟一資訊處理裝置;其中, 將對應於前述内容之識別物分發給前述第二資訊處 理裝置之使用者, 前述第二資訊處理裝置自前述識別物讀取識別前述 識別物之識別物識別/貝訊,並經由前述網路傳輸至前述 第三資訊處理裝置, 前述第三資訊處理裝置依據自前述第二資訊處理裝 置接收之前述識力彳物識別¥訊’檢索識別前述内容之内 容識別資訊’並傳輸至如述第一資訊處理裝置, 前述第一資訊處理裝置收到來自前述第三資訊處理 裝置之前述内容識別資訊時,經由前述網路將對應於前 述内容識別資訊之前述内容傳輸至前述第二資訊處理 裝置。 24. —種資訊提供系統之資訊提供方法,其特徵為該系統包 含: 第一資訊處理裝置,其係經由網路提供内容; 第二資訊處理裝置’其係經由前述網路接受前述内容 之提供;及 第三資訊處理裝置’其係將依據前述第二資訊處理裝 置要求之信號輸出至前述第一資訊處理裝置;其中, 將對應於前述内容之識別物分發給前述第二資訊處 84661-941213.doc 1280495 理裝置之使用者’ 前述第二資訊處理裝置自前述識別物讀取識別前述 識別物之識別物識別資訊,並經由前述網路傳輸至前述 第三資訊處理裝置, 前述第三資訊處理裝置依據自前述第二資訊處理裝 置接收之前述識別物識別資訊,檢索識別前述内容之内 容識別資訊,並傳輸至前述第一資訊處理裝置, 前述第一資訊處理裝置收到來自前述第三資訊處理 裝置之前述内容識別資訊時,經由前述網路將對應於前 述内容識別資訊之前述内容傳輸至前述第二資訊處理 裝置。 25· —種資訊處理裝置,其係管理第一其他資訊處理裝置經 由網路提供之内容由第二其他資訊處理裝置使用,其特 徵為具備: 接收機構,其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別 資訊識別前述第二其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經 由前述網路送來而記憶於前述識別物内之前述識別物; 傳輸機構’其係經由前述網路將對應於藉由前述接收 機構所接收之前述識別物識別資訊之識別前述内容之 内容識別資訊傳輸至前述第一資訊處理裝置;及 收費機構,其係對前述第二其他資訊處理裝置之使用 者進行收費處理。 26·種資訊處理方法,其係管理第一其他資訊處理裝置經 由網路提供之内容由第二其他資訊處理裝置使用之資訊 84661-9412l3.doc l28〇4951280495 Picking up, applying for a patent garden · · An information processing system, comprising: 4 other things 'which maintain user identification information of the user; the first information processing device performs specific processing; And the user information corresponding to the first information processing device and the user information held by the identifier; and the first data processing device received from the first information processing device via the network Authenticating the user identification information read by the reading device, and transmitting the authentication result to the first information processing device via the network; and according to the user read by the reading device The user identification information &lt; wnt fruit of the information processing device is identified, and an image corresponding to the identifier is displayed on the display portion of the first information processing device. 2. The information processing system of claim 1, wherein the second information processing device, and the user information of the user of the user of the first information processing device are obtained by (5) the network, corresponding to The user identification information of the user resource t mi ϋ jii is stored in the process in which the identifier retains the "zk body" and distributes the identifier to the user. 3. The information processing system of claim 2, wherein the reading device is incapable of reading the information held in the identifier, and releasing the second processing device and the second information processing device The connection of the aforementioned network. 84661-941213.doc U ΪΖ 1280495 4 • The information processing system of claim i, wherein the aforementioned identifier is a doll. The information processing method of the information processing system includes: an identifier, a user identification information that keeps identifying the user, an information processing device that performs a specific processing, and a reading device that corresponds to the information processing described above. Providing the device and reading the user identification information held by the identifier; and the second information processing device receiving and authenticating from the first information processing device via the network by the reading device The user identification information is transmitted to the first information processing device via the network; wherein the user identification information read by the reading device and the second information processing device are The authentication result of the user identification information causes an image corresponding to the identifier to be displayed on the display unit of the first information processing device. The processing device is connected to other information processing devices via a network, and is characterized by: a management organization that manages user identification information of the user; and a receiving mechanism that corresponds to the other information mentioned above Reading the reading device of the processing device and receiving the user identification information sent by the other information processing device; the mechanism is configured to receive the user identification information managed by the management institution by the foregoing receiving The above-mentioned certifications received by the organization are 86461-941213.doc 1280495 User identification information #4 lg 1 ί! and —丨丨· ......: value), and the transmission mechanism is based on the aforementioned certification body. As a result of the authentication, the other information processing device transmits display information required to display an image corresponding to the user identification information read by the reading device via the network. 7. The information processing apparatus of claim 6, wherein the image corresponding to the user identification information is an image corresponding to the shape of the identifier in which the user identification information is stored. 8. The information processing device of claim 7, further comprising a distribution mechanism that performs processing for distributing the identifier to the user, the identifier having a memory corresponding to the use of the other information processing device The memory of the user identification information of the user information of the user. 9. The information processing device of claim 7, wherein the identifier is a doll. 10. The information processing device of claim 6, wherein the receiving mechanism receives the user identification information read when the identifier is placed on the reading device, and receives the indication that the identifier is read from the foregoing Taking the signal removed by the device, the management organization further manages the information corresponding to the user identification information and the content used by the user, and the receiving organization further includes an updating mechanism, which receives the identifier from the identifier. When the signal read by the reading device is used, the content related information managed by the user identification information is updated. 84661-941213.doc 1280495 11. The annual information processing method of the connected information processing device, characterized by comprising: a management step, which manages the user identification information of the user;妾, the step 'receives the user identification information sent by the other information processing device by the other device corresponding to the other information processing device; the authentication step is based on the foregoing management The user identification information managed by the processing of the step is reduced by the user identification information received by the processing of the receiving step; and the step f is transmitted according to the authentication result of the processing of the foregoing authentication step. The processing device transmits display information required to display an image corresponding to the user identification information read by the reading device via the network. 12. A program storage medium storing a computer readable program, the program is a program for controlling a computer of an information processing device connected to another information processing device via a network, and comprising: a management step, The user identifies the user identification information of the user; the receiving step 'receives the user identification information sent by the other information processing device by reading by the reading device corresponding to the other information processing device; a step of authenticating the user identification information received by the processing of the receiving step according to the user identification information managed by the processing of the foregoing management step; and transmitting the step according to the processing of the foregoing authentication step Authentication No. 84461-941213.doc 1280495 : 9i, the other information processing device described above is used by the aforementioned reading device to transmit the information required to display the corresponding image. The user identification information is connected to: the device: the device is connected to other information processing devices via the network. The feature is: =, which is to obtain the user identification information of the identifying user; the /ju(4) pre-road (4) is transmitted by the acquiring mechanism. The user information is transmitted to the other information processing receiving institution's wire. Receiving, by the aforementioned user identification message transmitted by the foregoing transmission mechanism, a result of being authenticated by the information processing device; and the control mechanism 'displaying the authentication result received by the receiving institution to display The display is controlled in accordance with the image of the user identification information acquired by the acquisition means. The information processing device of claim 13, wherein the image corresponding to the user identification information is an image corresponding to the shape of the identifier in which the user identification information is stored. 15. The information processing apparatus of claim 14, wherein the identifier is a doll. The information processing device of claim 15, further comprising a reading mechanism for reading the user identification information from the doll, wherein the obtaining means obtains the aforementioned reading by the reading mechanism User identification information. 84661-941213.doc 1280495. The information processing device of claim 16, wherein the reading mechanism is separately provided from the information processing device, and is connected to the information processing device, and when the doll is placed, The user identification information stored in the aforementioned figure and the aforementioned user is read. The information processing device of claim 17, wherein the device further detects that the human figure is removed from the reading mechanism, and the transmitting mechanism detects that the doll is from the front by the detecting mechanism. When the whistle taking mechanism is removed, the signal indicating that the occupant is removed from the reading mechanism is further transmitted to the other information processing device via the network. The information processing device of claim 18, wherein the control means cancels the other information processing device 20 via the network when the detecting means detects that the doll has been removed from the reading mechanism. The information processing method is an information processing method for connecting two information processing devices to another information processing device via a network, and the method comprises: =: a step, which is to obtain user identification information for identifying a user, The step-by-step method of obtaining the user identification information communication processing device obtained by the foregoing network through the foregoing network; the step of receiving the data according to the user identification information received by the step-by-step ;1专=&lt; Processing the transmitted certificate after the end of the H-series (4) Other information processing installed B steps. 3⁄4, which is based on the borrowing &amp; 炊 骡 骡 骡 处理 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 · ¥修(|^£ 'A UJ,^, ,^.ΙΤ.Π— im_____'--»««................. ^ ^ The result of the certification to show the corresponding Taken by the processing of 4% ' 4 continuation steps&lt; The user identification information is 21 - the remaining part * the 10,000 type control display. The program stores a computer readable program f A . _ ^ mad storage medium, characterized by · a program of a computer connected to a network of other devices, such as a ' ' 处理 处理 processing device, and includes a obtaining step of obtaining a recognition user &lt;user identification information; The network hunts the user knowledge obtained by the processing of the obtaining step, and transmits the user knowledge to the other information processing device; and the receiving step is based on the step of transmitting by the foregoing The transmitted &lt;the user identification information is received, and the result of receiving the debit authentication is "H": "He information processing device 22. The control step is based on the result of receiving the cardiac death by the processing of the aforementioned receiving step, The display corresponds to the method of the above-described reading step (the manner of displaying the image of the user identification information described above. The type of person's feature is: when the information processing device is used a doll having: a memory that is a user-recognition information of a user who has a memory; and an image corresponding to the shape of the image, the image is a reading device corresponding to the device of the information device 2 When the read user identification information is authenticated, the I member is shown on the display portion of the information processing device. 23 - An information providing system, comprising: the first information processing device, which is via the network Providing content; 84661-941213.doc 1280495 ^I·吏UL replacement page L ----, 一丨丨』 _ The second information processing device, which receives the foregoing content through the aforementioned network; and the third information The processing device outputs the ## according to the second information processing device request to the other information processing device; wherein the identifier corresponding to the content is distributed to the user of the second information processing device, The second information processing device reads the identifier identification/bein identification identifying the identifier from the identifier, and transmits the identifier to the third information processing device via the network, The third information processing device searches for the content identification information of the foregoing content based on the aforementioned identification data received from the second information processing device and transmits the content identification information to the first information processing device, and the first information processing device receives When the content identification information from the third information processing device is received, the content corresponding to the content identification information is transmitted to the second information processing device via the network. 24. An information providing method for an information providing system, characterized in that the system comprises: a first information processing device that provides content via a network; and a second information processing device that accepts the provision of the foregoing content via the aforementioned network And a third information processing device that outputs a signal required by the second information processing device to the first information processing device; wherein the identifier corresponding to the foregoing content is distributed to the second information portion 84461-941213 .doc 1280495 The user of the device is configured to read the identifier identification information identifying the identifier from the identifier and transmit the identifier to the third information processing device via the network, the third information processing The device searches for the content identification information identifying the content according to the identifier identification information received from the second information processing device, and transmits the content identification information to the first information processing device, where the first information processing device receives the third information processing from the third information processing device. When the foregoing content identification information of the device is used, the network will be The foregoing content of the content identification information is transmitted to the aforementioned second information processing apparatus. An information processing device for managing content provided by a first other information processing device via a network by a second other information processing device, characterized by: a receiving mechanism that receives identifier identification information, the identification The object identification information identifies that the second other information processing device reads from the identifier, and stores the identifier in the identifier through the network; the transmission mechanism 'via the network will correspond to The content identification information identifying the content of the identifier identification information received by the receiving means is transmitted to the first information processing device; and the charging mechanism is configured to charge the user of the second other information processing device. 26. An information processing method for managing information used by a second other information processing device by a first other information processing device via a network. 84661-9412l3.doc l28〇495 處理裝置之資訊處理方法,其特徵為包含: 接收步驟’其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別 資訊識別前述第二其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經 由前述網路送來而記憶於前述識別物内之前述識別物; 傳輸步驟’其係經由前述網路將對應於藉由前述接收 步驟之處理所接收之前述識別物識別資訊之識別前述 内容之内容識別資訊傳輸至前述第一資訊處理裝置;及 收費步騍,其係對前述第二其他資訊處理裝置之使用 者進行收費處理。 一種儲存有電腦可讀取之程式之程式儲存媒體,其特徵 為·孩程式係管理第一其他資訊處理裝置經由網路提供 又内容由第二其他資訊處理裝置使用之資訊處理裝置之 程式,且包含: 、接收步驟’其係接收識別物識別資訊,該識別物識別 貪訊識別前述第二其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經 由刖述網路送來而?己憶於前述識別物内之前述識別物; 傳輸步驟,其係經由前述網路將對應於藉由前述接收 ㈣之處理所接收之前述識別物識別資訊之識別前述 内容&lt;内容識別資訊傳輸至前述第一資訊處理裝置;及 收費步驟,其係對前述第二其他資訊處理裝置之使用 者進行收費處理。 28. 種貝訊處理裝置,其特徵為:係經由網路提供内容至 其他資訊處理裝置,且具備: 識力丨】^訊取得機構,其係取得畔 你取侍4剎奢矶,該識別資訊 84661-94l213.doc -10- 1280495 表π則述其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由前述網 路送來之前述識別物可取得之内容的種類;及 初始資料傳輸機構,其係將前述其他資訊處理裝置自 前述識別物讀取,經由前述網路送來之經密碼化之初始 資料予以解碼,並將解碼後之前述初始資料傳輸至前述 其他資訊處理裝置。 其中前述初始 29. 如申請專利範園第28項之資訊處理裝置 資料具有: 前述識別物下載完成内容之資訊;及 表示前述識別物可下載内容之次數; 其係將前述識 則逑初始資料傳輸機構具備解碼機構 別物之下載完成内容之資訊;及表示前述識別物可下載 内容次數之資訊予以解碼。 30. 如申請專利範園第28項之資訊處理裝置,其中進—步具 備: '、 内容-覽表傳輸機構,其係將依據前述識別資訊,前 述識別物可下載之内容一覽表傳輸至前述其他資訊處 理裝置;及 内容傳輸機構,其係依據前述其他資訊處理裝置之内 容取得要求,傳輸内容至前述其他資訊處理裝置。 3L如中請專利範園第则之資訊處理裝置, 傳輸機構具備·· 第一傳輸機構,其係傳輸前逑其 之内容;及 、他具訊處理裝置下載 84661-941213.doc -11- 1280495 :板 \ ________________________— --^'·· ,, ;,....-1 弟一傳輸機構,其係傳輸前述其他資訊處理裝置試聽 之内容。 32·如申請專利範圍第28項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述其他 資訊處理裝置内進一步具備許可證傳輸機構,其係傳輸 僅可重現一次前述内容之許可證。 33· —種資訊處理方法,其特徵為:係經由網路提供内容至 其他資訊處理裝置之資訊處理裝置之資訊處理方法,且 包含:The information processing method of the processing device includes: a receiving step of: receiving identifier identification information, the identifier identifying information identifying that the second other information processing device reads from the identifier, and is memorized by being sent via the network The foregoing identification in the identifier; the transmitting step of transmitting the content identification information identifying the foregoing content corresponding to the identifier identification information received by the processing of the receiving step to the first An information processing device; and a charging step for charging a user of the second other information processing device. A program storage medium storing a computer readable program, characterized in that: the child program manages a program of the first other information processing device via the network and the content processing device used by the second other information processing device, and The method includes the following steps: receiving a recognition identifier identification information, wherein the identifier identifies the second information processing device, and the second information processing device reads from the identifier, and sends the data through the network. Retrieving the foregoing identifier in the identifier; the transmitting step of transmitting, by the network, the foregoing content &lt;content identification information corresponding to the identifier identification information received by the processing of the receiving (4) The first information processing device; and the charging step of charging the user of the second other information processing device. 28. A type of broadcast processing device, characterized in that: the content is provided to other information processing devices via the network, and has: an acquaintance 丨 ^ ^ ^ 取得 取得 取得 取得 取得 取得 ^ 你 你 你 你 你 你 你 你Information 84461-94l213.doc -10- 1280495 Table π describes the types of content that can be obtained by the other information processing device from the identification, the identifiers sent via the aforementioned network; and the initial data transmission mechanism The other information processing device reads from the identifier, decodes the encrypted initial data sent via the network, and transmits the decoded initial data to the other information processing device. The foregoing initial 29. The information processing device information of claim 28 of the patent application garden has: information of the content of the identifier downloading completed; and the number of times the identifier of the identifier is downloadable; The organization has information for downloading the content of the decoding mechanism; and decoding the information indicating the number of times the identifier can be downloaded. 30. The information processing device of claim 28, wherein the method further comprises: ', a content-view transfer mechanism, wherein the list of contents of the identifier that can be downloaded is transmitted to the other according to the identification information. The information processing device and the content transmission device transmit the content to the other information processing device according to the content acquisition request of the other information processing device. 3L, for example, the information processing device of the patent model Fan Park, the transmission mechanism is equipped with the first transmission mechanism, which is the content before the transmission; and, his communication processing device downloads 84461-941213.doc -11- 1280495 : board \ ________________________ — --^'·· , , ;,....-1 The brother-transmission mechanism transmits the contents of the above-mentioned other information processing devices. 32. The information processing apparatus of claim 28, wherein the other information processing apparatus further includes a license transmission mechanism for transmitting a license for reproducing the foregoing content only once. 33. An information processing method, characterized in that: an information processing method for providing information to an information processing device of another information processing device via a network, and comprising: 識別資訊取得步騾,其係取得識別資訊,該識別資訊 表示前述其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀取,經由前述網 路送來之前述識別物可取得之内容的種類;及 初始資料傳輸步驟,其係將前述其他資訊處理裝置自 則述4另i物續取,經由前述網路送來之經密碼化之初始 ;貝料予以解碼,並將解碼後之前述初始資料傳輸至前述 其他資訊處理裝置。 34· -種儲存有電腦可讀取之程式之程式儲存媒體,其特徵The identification information obtaining step is to obtain identification information indicating that the other information processing device reads from the identifier, the type of content that can be obtained by the identifier sent via the network, and the initial data transmission step, The other information processing device is retrieved from the other information, and the encrypted initial is sent through the network; the bedding is decoded, and the decoded initial data is transmitted to the other information processing. Device. 34· - A program storage medium storing a computer readable program, its characteristics 為:該程式係經㈣路提供内容至其他資訊處理裝置之 電腦的程式,且包含: 、識別資訊取得控制步驟,其係控制識別資訊之取得, 該識別資訊表示前述其他資訊處理裝置自識別物讀 取,經由前述網路送來之前述識別物可取得之内容的種 初始資科傳輸控制步 裝置自前逑識別物讀取 驟,其係以將前述其他資訊處理 ,經由前述網路送來之經密碼化 84661-941213.doc -12 - 1280495 %•圾肩修ι 、替換頁 之初始資料予以解碼,並將解碼後之前述初始資料傳輸 至前述其他資訊處理裝置之方式控制。 則 35· -種貝訊處理裝置’其係經由網路接收自第—其他資訊 處理裝置提供之内容,其特徵為具備: 取得機構,其係取得記憶於識別物内之識別前述 物之識別物識別資訊; _機構’其係經由前述網路將藉由前述取得機構 取得之前述識別物識別資訊傳輸至第二其他資訊處 裝置;及 接收機構,其係依據前述傳輪機構所傳輸之前述識 物_資訊,前述第二其他資訊處理裝置依據識別傳 !則述第一其他資訊處理裝置之前述内容之内容識 =、,接收經由前述網路自前述第—其他資訊處理裝 运來义前述内容。 36·如申請專利範圍第3S項之资 Μ、# ^ 里裝置,其中前述取, 機構進一步具備控制機構,並 識別物内之前述内容使用條;進—步取得記憶於前: 由前述取得機構所取得之前述使用條件, 則述傳輸機構之傳輸處理。 A如中請專㈣㈣柯之資 物為人偶。 I置,其中則述 38. 裝置,其中放置有前 其係讀取記憶於前逑The program is a program for providing content to a computer of another information processing device via (4), and includes: a recognition information acquisition control step, which controls the acquisition of the identification information, the identification information indicating the other information processing device self-identification Reading, the initial capital transfer control step device of the content obtainable by the identifier sent through the network from the front-end identifier reading step, which is to process the other information and send it through the network The initial data of the replacement page is decoded by the encryption of 84461-941213.doc -12 - 1280495%, and the initial data of the replacement page is decoded, and the decoded initial data is transmitted to the other information processing device. A 35-type broadcast processing device is configured to receive content provided by the first information processing device via the network, and is characterized in that: the acquisition means includes: an acquisition means for recognizing the identifier of the object stored in the identifier Identifying information; the _mechanism transmits the identification information obtained by the obtaining mechanism to the second other information device via the network; and the receiving mechanism is based on the aforementioned knowledge transmitted by the transmitting mechanism _ information, the second other information processing device according to the identification transmission; the content of the foregoing content of the first other information processing device is </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> receiving, receiving the aforementioned content from the aforementioned other information processing shipment via the aforementioned network . 36. If the equipment of the 3S item of the patent application scope is applied for, and the above is taken, the institution further has a control mechanism, and identifies the above-mentioned content use article in the object; further obtaining the memory before: obtaining the institution by the foregoing The aforementioned use conditions are described as the transmission processing of the transmission mechanism. A. For example, please use (4) (4) Ke's assets as a doll. I set, which is described in 38. The device is placed in front of the system. 如申請專利範圍第35項之資訊處理 述人偶時,進一步具備讀取機構, 人偶内之前述識別物識別資訊, 84661-94I213.doc -13 - 斑腦i 4a .( 丄280495 读則述取得機構取得藉由前述讀取機構自前述人偶所 喝取之前述識別物識別資訊。 议2請ί利範圍第38項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述讀取 ^與料資訊處理裝置獨立地設置,並且於連接於前 &lt;貝訊處理裝置並放置有前述人偶時, 4 ^取記憶於前述人偶内之前述識別物識別資訊。 .°申請專利範圍第35項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步且 要求傳輸機構’其係依據自前述第—其他資訊處 述ί置所傳輸之前述識別物可下載之内容-覽表,對前 :其他貪訊處理裝置傳輸内容之取得要求。 範㈣4G項之資訊處理裝置,其中前述取得 要求傳輸機構具備: 識別物可下載之内容1表;顯示機構,其係顯 π則述識別物可下載内容之次數; 2判:機構’其係判定是否指示有下載前述内容;及 42.如申請專財Λ 否指示有試聽前述内容。 申叫專利乾圍弟35項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步具 備: :機構’其係顯示使用前述識別物 之内容一 覽表; 傳要求機構,其係對前述第-其他資訊處理裝置 傳輪精由,述顯示機構所顯示之前述内容一覽表中須 重現4内谷义許可證的取得要求;及 重現機構,其係自命、十贫 ^ 、,U弟一,、他資訊處理裝置接收藉 84661-941213.doc -14-If the information in the 35th paragraph of the patent application is processed to describe the figure, the reading mechanism and the identification information of the identification object in the doll are further provided, 84661-94I213.doc -13 - zebra i 4a. (丄280495 Read The obtaining means obtains the identification information of the identification object which is taken from the doll by the reading means. The information processing apparatus of the 38th item of the third aspect of the invention, wherein the reading and processing information processing apparatus are independently set And when connected to the former &lt;Bei Xun processing device and placed with the aforementioned doll, 4 ^ is taken to store the aforementioned identification information of the identification in the aforementioned doll. The application of the information processing device of claim 35, wherein Further, the transmission organization is required to obtain the content of the transmission information of the other greedy processing device according to the content of the foregoing identifier that can be downloaded from the above-mentioned other information processing device. (4) 4G items The information processing device, wherein the acquisition request transmission mechanism includes: a content 1 table in which the identifier is downloadable; and a display mechanism, wherein the display device displays the content of the identifier 2 judgment: the organization's decision to determine whether to download the above content; and 42. If you apply for a special account, please indicate that you have listened to the above content. The application for the patent processing equipment of 35 patents, including: 'The system displays a list of contents using the above-mentioned identifiers; the requesting agency is responsible for transmitting the above-mentioned other information processing device, and the list of contents displayed by the display means must reproduce the 4 inner valley licenses. Obtaining the request; and recreating the organization, which is self-sufficient, ten poor ^, U Diyi, and his information processing device receives borrowing 84661-941213.doc -14- 1280495 由前述許可證要求機構要求取得之許可證,並重現前述 内容。 43·如申請專利範圍第42項之資訊處理裝置,其中進一步具 備·· 〆、 内容有無判定機構,其係受理須自前述内容一覽表中 重現之内容的指足,判定須重現之前述内容是否記憶於 前述資訊處理裝置之内部;及 重現取得要求傳輸機構,其係藉由前述有無内容判定 機構判定前述須重現之内容並未記憶於前述資訊處理 裝置之内部時,對前述第一其他資訊處理裝置傳輸前述 須重現之内容的取得要求。 44. 一種資訊處理方法,其係經由網路接收自第一其他資訊 處理裝置提供之内容之資訊處理裝置之資訊處理方法, 其特徵為包含·· 取得步驟,其係取得記憶於識別物内之識別前述識別 物之識別物識別資訊; 傳輸步驟,其係經由前述網路將藉由前述取得步驟之 處理所取得之前述識別物識別資訊傳輸至第二其他資 訊處理裝置;及 接收步驟’其係依據前述傳輸步驟之處理所傳輸之前 述識別物顧資訊,料第二其他資訊處理裝置依據識 別傳輸至前述第一其他資訊處理裝置之前述内容之内 谷識力丨〗資訊’接收經由前奸&amp; 田則述網路自前述第一其他資訊處 理裝置送來之前述内容。 84661-941213.doc -15 - 1280495 年3 4曰修(篆liL替換頁: 45· -種儲存有電腦可讀取之程式之程式儲存媒體,該程式 U網路接受第_其他資訊處理裝置提供内容之資訊 處理裝置之程式,其特徵為包含: 取4于步驟,其係取得記憶於識別物内之識別前述識別 物之識別物識別資訊; 傳輸步驟’其係經由前述網路將藉由前述取得步驟之 處理所取得之前述識別物識別資訊傳輸至第二其他资 訊處理裝置;及 接收步I纟係依據前述傳冑步驟之處理所傳輸之前 c識別物貝訊’ &amp;述第二其他資訊處理裝置依據識 別傳輸至前述第-其他資訊處理裝置之前述内容之内 容識別資訊,接收經由前述網路自前述第—其他資訊處 理裝置送來之前述内容。 46.種人偶纟特徵為·係藉由資訊處理裝置使用内容時 所使用之人偶,且具有: 記憶體其係記憶識別前述人偶時所需之識別資訊;及 對應於前述内容相關圖像之形狀。 47·如申請專利範圍第46項之人偶,立由a丄 _ ,、〈八倘具中W述記憶體進一步 記憶表示可藉由前述人偶取得之内容的種類。 48. 如中請專利範圍第46項之人偶’其中前述記憶體進一步 記憶前述内容之使用條件。 49. 如中請專利範圍第48項之人偶,其中前述使用條件中包 含金额資訊。 50. 如申請專利範圍第48項之人偶,其中前述使用條件中包 84661-941213.doc •16- 1280495 锻· _ 1:妇Q U名c替換頁 含··藉由前述人偶所得之内及藉由前述人 偶可取得前述内容之次數。 51. 52. ^申請專利第48項之人偶,其中前述記憶體使用有 前述内容時,更新前述使用條件。 :種識別物,其特徵為:其係藉由資訊處理裝置使用内 i時所使用之識別物,且具有: 記憶體,其係記憶識別前述内容時所需之識別資訊;及 對應於前述内容相關圖像之特徵。 84661-941213.doc -17- 1280495 li 柒、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:第(1 )圖。 (二) 本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明: 1 網際網路 2 網際網路服務提供者(ISP) 3 家庭 4 ISP 5 職場 6,7 内容伺服器 8 許可證伺服器 9 波卡拉服務伺服器 10 波卡拉資料庫 11 私人認證伺服器 12 公用認證伺服器 13 收費伺服器 15 基地台 21,51 LAN(區域網路) 22,26,52 個人電腦(PC) 23,25,27,53 站台 24 電視收訊機(TV) 31 〜33 房間 61 行動電話1280495 License required by the aforementioned license requesting agency and reproduce the foregoing. 43. The information processing device of claim 42, further comprising: a 〆, a content presence determination mechanism, which accepts a content to be reproduced from the content list, and determines the content to be reproduced Whether the memory is stored in the inside of the information processing device; and the reproduction request acquisition means determines whether the content to be reproduced is not stored in the information processing device by the presence or absence of the content determination means Other information processing devices transmit the acquisition requirements of the aforementioned content to be reproduced. 44. An information processing method, which is an information processing method for receiving an information processing device of content provided by a first other information processing device via a network, characterized by comprising: obtaining a step of acquiring a memory in the identifier Identifying the identifier identification information of the identifier; the transmitting step of transmitting the identifier identification information obtained by the processing of the obtaining step to the second other information processing device via the network; and receiving the step According to the foregoing identification information transmitted by the processing of the foregoing transmission step, the second other information processing device receives the information based on the identification of the content transmitted to the first other information processing device, and receives the information via the former rape &amp; Tian Ze said the above contents from the first other information processing device mentioned above. 84661-941213.doc -15 - 1280495 3 4 曰 repair (篆 liL replacement page: 45 - a program storage medium storing a computer readable program, the program U network accepts the _ other information processing device provided The program of the information processing device of the content, comprising: a step of: obtaining identifier identification information for identifying the identifier in the identifier; the transmitting step is performed by using the foregoing network The identifier identification information obtained by the processing of the obtaining step is transmitted to the second other information processing device; and the receiving step I is transmitted according to the processing of the foregoing transmitting step. The information processing device receives the content sent from the first-other information processing device via the network based on the content identification information identifying the content of the first-other information processing device. 46. The person-in-law feature is The doll used by the information processing device to use the content, and has: the memory is the identification information required for the memory to recognize the aforementioned doll And corresponding to the shape of the image related to the foregoing content. 47. If the doll of claim 46 of the patent application is made up of a 丄 _ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 48. The dolls of the 46th part of the patent scope, in which the aforementioned memory further memorizes the conditions of use of the foregoing. 49. The doll of the 48th patent scope, wherein the foregoing conditions of use Including the amount information 50. If the applicant applies for the 48th item of the patent scope, the above conditions of use include 84461-941213.doc •16- 1280495 forging · _ 1: women QU name c replacement page containing · by the aforementioned person The number of times the above content can be obtained by the above-mentioned dolls. 51. 52. ^Personal application of claim 48, wherein the aforementioned use conditions are updated when the aforementioned memory is used. It is characterized in that it is an identifier used when the information processing device uses the internal i, and has: a memory that memorizes identification information required to identify the content; and corresponds to the aforementioned content 84661-941213.doc -17- 1280495 li 柒, designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: (1). (2) The representative symbol of the representative figure is a simple description: 1 Internet Network 2 Internet Service Provider (ISP) 3 Home 4 ISP 5 Workplace 6, 7 Content Server 8 License Server 9 Pokhara Service Server 10 Pokhara Library 11 Private Authentication Server 12 Public Authentication Server 13 Charge server 15 Base station 21, 51 LAN (local area network) 22, 26, 52 Personal computer (PC) 23, 25, 27, 53 Station 24 TV receiver (TV) 31 ~ 33 Room 61 Mobile phone 捌、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式: 84661-941213.doc捌 If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 84661-941213.doc
TW92114558A 2002-05-29 2003-05-29 Information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program TWI280495B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002156051 2002-05-29
JP2003152451A JP4547867B2 (en) 2002-05-29 2003-05-29 Information processing apparatus and program

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200409005A TW200409005A (en) 2004-06-01
TWI280495B true TWI280495B (en) 2007-05-01

Family

ID=31949035

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW92114558A TWI280495B (en) 2002-05-29 2003-05-29 Information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4547867B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI280495B (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1870805A1 (en) * 2006-06-22 2007-12-26 Thomson Telecom Belgium Method and device for updating a language in a user interface
US7865571B2 (en) 2007-01-08 2011-01-04 Mspot, Inc. Method and apparatus for transferring digital content from a personal computer to a mobile handset
US7865572B2 (en) * 2007-01-08 2011-01-04 Mspot, Inc. Method and apparatus for transferring digital content from a personal computer to a mobile handset
US9317179B2 (en) 2007-01-08 2016-04-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for providing recommendations to a user of a cloud computing service
US7937451B2 (en) 2007-01-08 2011-05-03 Mspot, Inc. Method and apparatus for transferring digital content from a computer to a mobile handset
JP4322296B2 (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-08-26 株式会社コナミデジタルエンタテインメント Communication system, server device, and toy
JP5988375B2 (en) * 2012-12-03 2016-09-07 Kddi株式会社 Control equipment
US10579786B2 (en) * 2014-04-02 2020-03-03 Sony Corporation Information processing system
WO2018179872A1 (en) 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing system, and program
JP7271338B2 (en) 2019-06-28 2023-05-11 シャープ株式会社 Display system, display method, and display program

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001312512A (en) * 2000-05-02 2001-11-09 Canon Inc Information distribution system information terminal, information center, information distribution method, and recording medium
JP2002063092A (en) * 2000-06-09 2002-02-28 Tomy Co Ltd Information-providing system, information-providing device, server, toy, information-providing method, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200409005A (en) 2004-06-01
JP4547867B2 (en) 2010-09-22
JP2004054914A (en) 2004-02-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN103810411B (en) Information processing system
TWI229801B (en) Information transmission/reception apparatus, apparatus and method of information transmission, apparatus and method of information reception, apparatus and method of information processing, management apparatus and method of information transmission, ma
JP4117550B2 (en) Communication system, payment management apparatus and method, portable information terminal, information processing method, and program
JP4334247B2 (en) Portable terminal device and electronic money server
JP4812234B2 (en) Payment management device, portable information terminal, and program
US20010007983A1 (en) Method and system for transaction of electronic money with a mobile communication unit as an electronic wallet
TWI280495B (en) Information processing system and method, information providing system and method, information processing device and method, figure, object and program storage medium and program
US20240320700A1 (en) System and method
TWI242148B (en) Information management device and method, information processing device and method, recording medium and program
TWI237977B (en) Information processing system and method, information processing device and method, program storage medium, program and object
JP2003157466A (en) Commodity sales system, vending machine, payment server, program, and storage medium
TWI240180B (en) Data management device and method, data processing device and method, recording medium and program information management device and method, information processing device and method, and record medium
JP4580512B2 (en) IC card
JP4449348B2 (en) Information processing system and program
JPWO2004109605A1 (en) Novelty ticket issuing system, novelty ticket issuing server, and novelty ticket issuing method
JP2007304677A (en) Printed matter addition service system, its control method, and program
JP2004054913A (en) Information processing system and method, information processing device and method, program storage medium, program and object
JP2002042027A (en) Communication method and device in which secret is kept
JP2009245461A (en) Information processing system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees